Upload
others
View
10
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF)
Specification
Edexcel competence-based qualification
For first teaching August 2011
Issue 4
Pearson Education Ltd is one of the UK’s largest awarding organisations, offering academic and vocational qualifications and testing to schools, colleges, employers and other places of learning, both in the UK and internationally. Qualifications offered include GCSE, AS and A Level, NVQ and our BTEC suite of vocational qualifications, ranging from Entry Level to BTEC Higher National Diplomas.
Through initiatives such as onscreen marking and administration, Pearson is leading the way in using technology to modernise educational assessment, and to support teachers and learners.
This specification is Issue 4. Key changes are sidelined. We will inform centres of any changes to this issue. The latest issue can be found on the Edexcel website: www.edexcel.com
References to third party material made in this specification are made in good faith. We do not endorse, approve or accept responsibility for the content of materials, which may be subject to change, or any opinions expressed therein. (Material may include textbooks, journals, magazines and other publications and websites.)
Authorised by Martin Stretton Prepared by Cheryl Bott
Publications Code BA035187
All the material in this publication is copyright © Pearson Education Limited 2013
Contents
Qualification title covered by this specification 1
Key features of the Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) 2
Key Features of the Edexcel level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) 2
What is the Purpose of this qualification? 2
Who is this qualification for? 2
What are the benefits of this qualification to the learner and the employer? 3
What are the potential Job roles 5
What progression opportunities are available to learners who achieve this qualification? 5
What is the qualification structure for the Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF)? 6
How is the qualification graded and assessed? 8
Assessment for Units 1-33 8
Assessment requirements/strategy 8
Types of evidence 9
Assessment for Units 34-35 10
Centre recognition and approval 10
Centre recognition 10
Approvals agreement 11
Quality assurance 11
What resources are required? 11
Unit format 12
Units 13
Unit 1: Maintenance of a Safe, Hygienic and Secure Working Environment 15
Unit 2: Working Effectively as Part of a Hospitality Team 21
Unit 3: Maintain Food Safety When Storing, Preparing and Cooking Food 29
Unit 4: Maintain, Handle and Clean Knives 43
Unit 5: Prepare Fish for Basic Dishes 49
Unit 6: Prepare Shellfish for Basic Dishes 53
Unit 7: Prepare Meat for Basic Dishes 57
Unit 8: Prepare Poultry for Basic Dishes 61
Unit 9: Prepare Game for Basic Dishes 65
Unit 10: Prepare Offal for Basic Dishes 69
Unit 11: Prepare Vegetables for Basic Dishes 73
Unit 12: Cook and Finish Basic Fish Dishes 77
Unit 13: Cook and Finish Basic Shellfish Dishes 81
Unit 14: Cook and Finish Basic Meat Dishes 85
Unit 15: Cook and Finish Basic Poultry Dishes 89
Unit 16: Cook and Finish Basic Game Dishes 93
Unit 17: Cook and Finish Basic Offal Dishes 97
Unit 18: Cook and Finish Basic Vegetable Dishes 101
Unit 19: Prepare, Cook and Finish Basic Hot Sauces 105
Unit 20: Prepare, Cook and Finish Basic Soups 111
Unit 21: Make Basic Stock 117
Unit 22: Prepare, Cook and Finish Basic Rice Dishes 123
Unit 23: Prepare, Cook and Finish Basic Pasta Dishes 127
Unit 24: Prepare, Cook and Finish Basic Pulse Dishes 131
Unit 25: Prepare, Cook and Finish Basic Vegetable Protein Dishes 135
Unit 26: Prepare, Cook and Finish Basic Egg Dishes 139
Unit 27: Prepare, Cook and Finish Basic Bread and Dough Products 143
Unit 28: Prepare, Cook and Finish Basic Pastry Products 147
Unit 29: Prepare, Cook and Finish Basic Cakes, Sponges, Biscuits and Scones 151
Unit 30: Prepare, Cook and Finish Basic Grain Dishes 157
Unit 31: Prepare, Cook and Finish Basic Cold and Hot Desserts 163
Unit 32: Prepare and Present Food for Cold Presentation 169
Unit 33: Employment Rights and Responsibilities in the Hospitality, Leisure, Travel and Tourism Sector 173
Unit 34: Practical Skills for a Craft Chef 177
Unit 35: Preparing for Career Progression as a Craft Chef 181
Further information 184
Useful publications 184
How to obtain National Occupational Standards 184
Professional development and training 185
Annexe A: Progression pathways 187
The Edexcel qualification framework for the hospitality industry 187
Annexe B: Quality assurance 193
Key principles of quality assurance 193
Quality assurance processes 193
Annexe C: Centre certification and registration 195
What are the access arrangements and special considerations for the qualifications in this specification? 195
Annexe D: Assessment requirements/strategy 197
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
1
Qual
ific
atio
n t
itle
cov
ered
by
this
spec
ific
atio
n
This
spec
ific
atio
n g
ives
you t
he
info
rmation y
ou n
eed t
o o
ffer
the
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QC
F):
Qu
alifi
cati
on
tit
le
Qu
alifi
cati
on
Nu
mb
er
(QN
) A
ccre
dit
ati
on
st
art
date
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
600/2
004/0
01/0
8/2
011
This
qual
ific
atio
n h
as
bee
n a
ccre
dited
within
the
Qual
ific
ations
and C
redit F
ram
ework
(Q
CF)
and is
elig
ible
for
public
fundin
g a
s det
erm
ined
by
the
Dep
artm
ent
for
Educa
tion (
DfE
) under
Sec
tion 9
6 o
f th
e Le
arnin
g a
nd S
kills
Act
2000.
The
qual
ific
atio
n t
itle
lis
ted a
bove
fea
ture
s in
the
fundin
g lis
ts p
ublis
hed
annual
ly b
y th
e D
fE a
nd t
he
regula
rly
updat
ed w
ebsi
te.
You s
hould
use
the
QCF
Qualif
icat
ion N
um
ber
(Q
N),
when
you w
ish t
o s
eek
public
fundin
g f
or
your
lear
ner
s. E
ach
unit w
ithin
a
qual
ific
ation w
ill a
lso h
ave
a u
niq
ue
QC
F re
fere
nce
num
ber
, w
hic
h is
liste
d in t
his
spec
ific
ation.
The
QCF
qual
ific
atio
n t
itle
and u
nit r
efer
ence
num
ber
s w
ill a
ppea
r on t
he
lear
ner
s’ f
inal
cer
tifica
tion d
ocu
men
t. L
earn
ers
nee
d t
o
be
made
aw
are
of th
is w
hen
they
are
rec
ruited
by
the
centr
e an
d r
egis
tere
d w
ith E
dex
cel.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
2
Key features of the Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF)
Key Features of the Edexcel level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF)
This qualification:
is nationally recognised
is based on the Hospitality National Occupational Standards (NOS) for Professional Cookery. The NOS, assessment requirements/strategy and qualification structures are owned by People 1st
has two routes.
Route 1: 'Craft Cuisine Endorsed by AAA' is supported by People 1st in conjunction with the Applied Ability Awards (AAA) National Committee, the governing body for the AAA. It includes the competency component of the Craft Cuisine Intermediate Apprenticeship as well as an integrated route to meeting the requirements of the AAA Foundation Chef certificate – please see AAA website for more details and associated fees www.aaawards.org.uk
Route 2: 'Craft Cuisine' is also supported by People 1st and equally includes the competency component of the Craft Cuisine Intermediate Apprenticeship.
There are different features, resources and fees associated with each of the two routes. Please see page 3 for details.
What is the Purpose of this qualification?
This qualification is designed for learners employed in hospitality roles such as Commis-Chefs, Demi-Chefs or Chefs-de-Partie who need to develop or consolidate their skills. Learners are required to take mandatory units which cover aspects of maintaining a safe, hygienic and secure working environment, working effectively as part of a hospitality team, maintaining, handling and cleaning knives, maintaining food safety in a hospitality environment, and preparing, cooking and finishing a wide range of basic dishes using a different ingredients, methods and techniques.
Two further mandatory units, to be taken at the end of the programme (Units 34 and 35), bring together the skills developed in the preceding units and the combination of these are assessed through an independent assessment.
Who is this qualification for?
This qualification is for all learners aged 16 and above who are capable of reaching the required standards.
Edexcel’s policy is that the qualification should:
be free from any barriers that restrict access and progression
ensure equality of opportunity for all wishing to access the qualification.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
3
This qualification is applicable for people working in a wide range of hospitality and catering businesses, for example:
restaurants
gastro-pubs
hotels
cafés
contract caterers.
What are the benefits of this qualification (Route1 and Route 2) to the learner and the employer?
This is a work-based qualification which will allow learners to develop the wider range of craft cuisine skills that are essential for working as a chef under supervision in a professional kitchen. It will also independently assess the learner’s ability to demonstrate a combination of these skills in a professional kitchen environment as well as assessing a number of employability skills such as organisational skills, problem solving, communication skills and taking an interest in their own career development. This will provide evidence for both learners and employers as to the suitability for working in a professional kitchen under supervision.
Both routes 1 and 2 for the qualification provide the full range of skills and underpinning knowledge to meet the competency component of the BTEC Intermediate Apprenticeship in Craft Cuisine.
Both routes will require independent assessment of the Units 34 and 35. 'Practical Skills for a Craft Chef' and 'Preparing for Career Progression as a Craft Chef'. The assessment guidance linked to both QCF units on the Register for Regulated Qualifications stipulates that assessors must:
have current or previous experience as a senior, professional chef;
have had no involvement in the learner's training programme;
have had no known contact with the learner prior to the assessment;
operate independently of the learning provider.
Practical Skills for a Craft Chef (Unit 34), will require learners to demonstrate their knowledge of cooking skills through a practical cooking assessment, at a set time, and within given timescales.
Unit 35: Preparing for Career Progression as a Craft Chef, will require learners to demonstrate their commitment to working with food and cooking and to demonstrate their aptitude and ability for working under supervision in a professional kitchen.
Please note, assessments should take place in a professional kitchen. Where assessments cannot take place in a professional Kitchen, then a Realistic Working Environments (RWE) is also acceptable, in line with People 1st Assessment Strategy.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
4
Additional Features/Benefits for Route 1: Craft Cuisine endorsed by AAA
Route 1 provides a joined up approach for aspiring chefs that wish to gain a BTEC Apprenticeship and the AAA approval and certificate. (This negates the need for learners to do the apprenticeship and then go to AAA independently which reduces duplication of presenting evidence and assessment).
Route 1 includes supporting materials that can be used by the learner, provider, employer and mentor to help create a smoother delivery throughout the apprenticeship.
Learners will have access to the AAA online resources which may be used to develop knowledge associated with professional cookery and craft cuisine skills as well as comprehensive, generic support materials to assist centres delivering competence qualifications available from the Edexcel website http://www.edexcel.com/
Providers will be provided with a comprehensive syllabus of recipes that demonstrate a combination of the skills developed throughout Units 1-33 to help prepare learners for the independent assessment.
Providers will be supported in assigning an in-house mentor for the aspiring chef to support the learners' skills and knowledge acquisition throughout their Apprenticeship programme, including Skills Scan documents to assess learner’s progress at the beginning and during their journey.
Learners will have their performance in a work-based situation in a specified time period assessed independently by two Chef Examiners appointed by the AAA National Committee.
Providers will have the convenience of the independent assessment of the two units being arranged for them.
Upon successful completion of the BTEC Apprenticeship in Craft Cuisine Route 1, learners will achieve the Apprenticeship Certificate* AND the Applied Ability Award (AAA) Certificate for Foundation Chef. Learners will also have the option to be listed on the AAA website as successful completers of the AAA Award.
The cost of Route 1 will cover standard Edexcel registration fees for the competence based qualification plus fees for the AAA assessment – please see the link in the Key Features section for more details on AAA.
Route 2: Craft Cuisine
Route 2 provides the competency component of the Craft Cuisine Intermediate apprenticeship.
Learners will have access to comprehensive, generic support materials to assist centres delivering competence qualifications available from the Edexcel website http://www.edexcel.com/
Upon successful completion of the BTEC Apprenticeship in Craft Cuisine Route 2, learners will be eligible for the Apprenticeship Certificate.*
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
5
The cost of Route 2 will cover standard Edexcel registration fees for the competence based qualification.
Providers will be responsible for ensuring the assessment of Units 34 and 35 meet the assessment requirements linked to both QCF units on the Register for Regulated Qualifications. Please note, providers will be expected to meet the costs associated with independent assessment.
* For claims against the SASE frameworks (those that include Functional Skills), centres will need to apply via the ACE Online Apprenticeship Certification System for the overarching Apprenticeship Certificates for their learners at ace.apprenticeships.org.uk. For claims against other frameworks, such as the Welsh Frameworks that include Essential Skills Wales, centres should apply direct to the SSC, People 1st.
What are the potential Job roles
The qualification is designed for learners working or intending to work as a Commis Chef, Demi Chef or Chef de Partie.
What progression opportunities are available to learners who achieve this qualification?
Learners will be able to progress onto the Edexcel Level 3 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF).
Learners will also be able to progress onto the Edexcel Level 3 qualifications in the Hospitality suite and the Edexcel BTEC Level 3 Nationals in Hospitality.
Further information is available in Annexe A.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
6
What is the qualification structure for the Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF)?
Individual units can be found in the Units section. The QCF level and credit value are given below.
To achieve the full Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF), learners must attain all 35 mandatory units, a total of 132 credits.
Units Level Credit GLH
Unit 1 F/601/4218 – Maintenance of a Safe, Hygienic and Secure Working Environment
1 3 25
Unit 2 T/601/4216 – Working Effectively as Part of a Hospitality Team
1 3 22
Unit 3 D/601/6980 – Maintain Food Safety When Storing, Preparing and Cooking Food
2 4 32
Unit 4 K/601/5041 – Maintain, Handle and Clean Knives
1 3 25
Unit 5 H/601/5328 – Prepare Fish for Basic Dishes 2 4 33
Unit 6 M/601/5333 – Prepare Shellfish for Basic Dishes 2 3 25
Unit 7 A/601/5335 – Prepare Meat for Basic Dishes 2 4 33
Unit 8 J/601/5354 – Prepare Poultry for Basic Dishes 2 4 33
Unit 9 H/601/5359 – Prepare Game for Basic Dishes 2 4 35
Unit 10 H/601/5362 – Prepare Offal for Basic Dishes 2 3 28
Unit 11 J/601/5368 – Prepare Vegetables for Basic Dishes
2 4 33
Unit 12 H/601/5376 – Cook and Finish Basic Fish Dishes 2 4 32
Unit 13 A/601/5383 – Cook and Finish Basic Shellfish Dishes
2 4 34
Unit 14 A/601/5402 – Cook and Finish Basic Meat Dishes
2 5 48
Unit 15 R/601/5390 – Cook and Finish Basic Poultry Dishes
2 5 42
Unit 16 M/601/5395 – Cook and Finish Basic Game Dishes
2 5 40
Unit 17 L/601/5405 – Cook and Finish Basic Offal Dishes
2 5 40
Unit 18 H/601/5412 – Cook and Finish Basic Vegetable Dishes
2 4 32
Unit 19 A/601/5416 – Prepare, Cook and Finish Basic Hot Sauces
2 4 33
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
7
Units Level Credit GLH
Unit 20 K/601/5671 – Prepare, Cook and Finish Basic Soups
2 4 30
Unit 21 A/601/5674 – Make Basic Stock 2 3 26
Unit 22 L/601/5680 – Prepare, Cook and Finish Basic Rice Dishes
2 4 33
Unit 23 A/601/5688 – Prepare, Cook and Finish Basic Pasta Dishes
2 4 33
Unit 24 M/601/5719 – Prepare, Cook and Finish Basic Pulse Dishes
2 4 33
Unit 25 M/601/5722 – Prepare, Cook and Finish Basic Vegetable Protein Dishes
2 4 33
Unit 26 A/601/5724 – Prepare, Cook and Finish Basic Egg Dishes
2 3 27
Unit 27 J/601/5774 – Prepare, Cook and Finish Basic Bread and Dough Products
2 5 39
Unit 28 R/601/5325 – Prepare, Cook and Finish Basic Pastry Products
2 5 43
Unit 29 L/601/5355 – Prepare, Cook and Finish Basic Cakes, Sponges, Biscuits and Scones
2 5 39
Unit 30 D/601/5358 – Prepare, Cook and Finish Basic Grain Dishes
2 4 30
Unit 31 D/601/5361 – Prepare, Cook and Finish Basic Cold and Hot Desserts
2 4 36
Unit 32 M/601/5364 – Prepare and Present Food for Cold Presentation
2 4 35
Unit 33 T/601/7214 – Employment Rights and Responsibilities in the Hospitality, Leisure, Travel and Tourism Sector
2 2 16
Unit 34 A/504/3493 – Practical Skills for a Craft Chef 2 1 8
Unit 35 M/504/3431 – Preparing for Career Progression as a Craft Chef
2 1 8
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
8
How is the qualification graded and assessed?
The overall grade for this qualification is a ‘pass’. The learner must achieve all the required units.
To pass a unit the learner must:
achieve all the specified learning outcomes
satisfy all the assessment criteria by providing sufficient and valid evidence for each criterion
show that the evidence is their own.
The qualification is designed to be assessed:
in the workplace or
in conditions resembling the workplace, as specified in the assessment requirements/strategy for the sector, or
as part of a training programme.
Assessment for Units 1-33
Assessment requirements/strategy
The assessment requirements/strategy for Units 1-33 have been included in Annexe D. They have been developed by People 1st in partnership with employers, training providers, awarding organisations and the regulatory authorities. The assessment strategy includes details on:
criteria for defining realistic working environments
roles and occupational competence of assessors, expert witnesses, internal verifiers and standards verifiers
quality control of assessment
evidence requirements.
Evidence of competence may come from:
current practice where evidence is generated from a current job role
a programme of development where evidence comes from assessment opportunities built into a learning/training programme whether at or away from the workplace
the Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) where a learner can demonstrate that they can meet the assessment criteria within a unit through knowledge, understanding or skills they already possess without undertaking a course of learning. They must submit sufficient, reliable and valid evidence for internal and standards verification purposes. RPL is acceptable for accrediting a unit, several units or a whole qualification
a combination of these.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
9
It is important that the evidence is:
Valid relevant to the standards for which competence is claimed
Authentic produced by the learner
Current sufficiently recent to create confidence that the same skill, understanding or knowledge persist at the time of the claim
Reliable indicates that the learner can consistently perform at this level
Sufficient fully meets the requirements of the standards.
Types of evidence
To successfully achieve a unit the learner must gather evidence which shows that they have met the required standard in the assessment criteria. Evidence can take a variety of different forms including the examples below. Centres should refer to the assessment strategy for information about which of the following are permissible.
direct observation of the learner’s performance by their assessor (O)
outcomes from oral or written questioning (Q&A)
products of the learner’s work (P)
personal statements and/or reflective accounts (RA)
outcomes from simulation, where permitted by the assessment strategy (S)
professional discussion (PD)
assignment, project/case studies (A)
authentic statements/witness testimony (WT)
expert witness testimony (EPW)
evidence of Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL).
The abbreviations may be used for cross-referencing purposes.
Learners can use one piece of evidence to prove their knowledge, skills and understanding across different assessment criteria and/or across different units. It is, therefore, not necessary for learners to have each assessment criterion assessed separately. Learners should be encouraged to reference the assessment criteria to which the evidence relates.
Evidence must be made available to the assessor, internal verifier and Edexcel standards verifier. A range of recording documents is available on the Edexcel website www.edexcel.com. Alternatively, centres may develop their own.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
10
Assessment for Units 34-35
Both routes 1 and 2 will require independent assessment of the units 34 and 35. 'Practical Skills for a Craft Chef' and 'Preparing for Career Progression as a Craft Chef'. The assessment guidance linked to both QCF units on the Register for Regulated Qualifications stipulates that assessors must:
have current or previous experience as a senior, professional chef;
have had no involvement in the learner's training programme;
have had no known contact with the learner prior to the assessment;
operate independently of the learning provider.
Unit 34: Practical Skills for a Craft Chef, will require learners to demonstrate their knowledge of cooking skills through a practical cooking assessment, at a set time, and within given timescales.
Unit 35: Preparing for Career Progression as a Craft Chef, will require learners to demonstrate their commitment to working with food and cooking and to demonstrate their aptitude and ability for working under supervision in a professional kitchen.
Please note, assessments can take place in a professional kitchen or in Realistic Working Environments (RWE) in line with People 1st Assessment Strategy.
Centre recognition and approval
Centre recognition
Centres that have not previously offered Edexcel qualifications need to apply for and be granted centre recognition as part of the process for approval to offer individual qualifications. New centres must complete both a centre recognition approval application and a qualification approval application.
Existing centres will be given ‘automatic approval’ for a new qualification if they are already approved for a qualification that is being replaced by the new qualification and the conditions for automatic approval are met. Centres already holding Edexcel approval are able to gain qualification approval for a different level or different sector via Edexcel online.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
11
Approvals agreement
All centres are required to enter into an approvals agreement which is a formal commitment by the head or principal of a centre to meet all the requirements of the specification and any linked codes or regulations. Edexcel will act to protect the integrity of the awarding of qualifications, if centres do not comply with the agreement. This could result in the suspension of certification or withdrawal of approval.
Quality assurance
Detailed information on Edexcel’s quality assurance processes is given in Annexe B.
For Route 1, centres will need to arrange for independent assessment of units 33 and 34 by AAA Chef Examiners/assessors who meet the requirements linked to each of the QCF units. The qualification will be externally quality assured by the Standards Verification process.
For Route 2, centres will need to arrange for independent assessment by assessors who meet the requirements linked to each of the QCF units. The qualification will be externally quality assured by the Standards Verification process.
What resources are required?
This qualification is designed to support learners working in the hospitality industry. Physical resources need to support the delivery of the qualifications and the assessment of the learning outcomes and must be of industry standard. Centres must meet any specific resource requirements outlined in Annexe D: Assessment requirements/strategy.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
12
Unit format
Each unit in this specification contains the following sections.
Unit title:
Unit code:
Unit reference number:
QCF level:
Credit value:
Guided learning hours:
Unit summary:
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements:
Assessment methodology:
Learning outcomes:
Assessment criteria:
Evidence type:
Portfolio reference:
Date:
The unit title is accredited on the QCF and this form of words will appear on the learner’s Notification of Performance (NOP).
This is the unit owner’s reference number for the specified unit.
This code is a unique reference number for the unit.
All units and qualifications within the QCF have a level assigned to them, which represents the level of achievement. There are nine levels of achievement, from Entry level to level 8. The level of the unit has been informed by the QCF level descriptors and, where appropriate, the NOS and/or other sector/professional.
All units have a credit value. The minimum credit value is one, and credits can only be awarded in whole numbers. Learners will be awarded credits when they achieve the unit.
A notional measure of the substance of a qualification. It includes an estimate of the time that might be allocated to direct teaching or instruction, together with other structured learning time, such as directed assignments, assessments on the job or supported individual study and practice. It excludes learner-initiated private study.
This provides a summary of the purpose of the unit.
The assessment/evidence requirements are determined by the SSC. Learners must provide evidence for each of the requirements stated in this section.
Learning outcomes state exactly what a learner should know, understand or be able to do as a result of completing a unit.
The assessment criteria of a unit specify the standard a learner is expected to meet to demonstrate that a learning outcome, or a set of learning outcomes, has been achieved.
Learners must reference the type of evidence they have and where it is available for quality assurance purposes. The learner can enter the relevant key and a reference. Alternatively, the learner and/or centre can devise their own referencing system.
This provides a summary of the assessment methodology to be used for the unit.
The learner should use this box to indicate where the evidence can be obtained eg portfolio page number.
The learner should give the date when the evidence has been provided.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
13
Units
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
14
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
15
Unit 1: Maintenance of a Safe, Hygienic and Secure Working Environment
Unit code: 1GEN1/09
Unit reference number: F/601/4218
QCF level: 1
Credit value: 3
Guided learning hours: 25
Unit summary
This unit is about basic health, hygiene, safety and security. This includes maintaining a clean and hygienic personal appearance, getting any cuts and grazes treated and reporting illness and infections. The unit also covers safety and security in your workplace – helping to spot and deal with hazards and following emergency procedures when necessary.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
16
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1
Be
able
to m
ainta
in
per
sonal
hea
lth a
nd
hyg
iene
1.1
W
ear
clea
n,
smar
t and a
ppro
priat
e cl
oth
ing,
footw
ear
and h
eadgea
r
1.2
Kee
p h
air n
eat
and t
idy
and w
ear
it in lin
e w
ith
org
anis
atio
nal
sta
ndard
s
1.3
M
ake
sure
any
jew
elle
ry,
per
fum
e an
d c
osm
etic
s w
orn
are
in lin
e w
ith o
rgan
isat
ional
sta
ndar
ds
1.4
G
et a
ny
cuts
, gra
zes
and w
ounds
trea
ted b
y th
e ap
pro
priat
e per
son
1.5
Rep
ort
illn
ess
and infe
ctio
ns
pro
mptly
to t
he
appro
priat
e per
son
2
Know
how
to m
ainta
in
per
sonal
hea
lth a
nd
hyg
iene
2.1
Sta
te o
wn r
esponsi
bili
ties
under
the
Hea
lth a
nd
Saf
ety
at
Work
Act
2.2
Sta
te g
ener
al r
ule
s on h
ygie
ne
that
must
be
follo
wed
2.3
Sta
te c
orr
ect
cloth
ing,
footw
ear
and h
eadgea
r th
at
should
be
worn
at
all tim
es
2.4
Sta
te t
he
import
ance
of m
ainta
inin
g g
ood p
erso
nal
hyg
iene
2.5
D
escr
ibe
how
to d
eal w
ith c
uts
, gra
zes
and w
ounds
and w
hy
it is
import
ant
to d
o s
o
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
17
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
3
Be
able
to h
elp m
ainta
in a
hyg
ienic
, sa
fe a
nd s
ecure
w
ork
pla
ce
3.1
Id
entify
any
haz
ard
s or
pote
ntial haz
ard
s and d
eal
with t
hes
e co
rrec
tly
3.2
Rep
ort
any
acci
den
ts o
r nea
r acc
iden
ts q
uic
kly
and
accu
rate
ly t
o t
he
pro
per
per
son
3.3
Fo
llow
hea
lth,
hyg
iene
and s
afe
ty p
roce
dure
s during w
ork
3.4
Pra
ctis
e em
ergen
cy p
roce
dure
s co
rrec
tly
3.5
Fo
llow
org
anis
atio
nal
sec
urity
pro
cedure
s
4
Know
how
to m
ainta
in a
hyg
ienic
, sa
fe a
nd s
ecure
w
ork
pla
ce
4.1
Sta
te t
he
import
ance
of w
ork
ing in a
hea
lthy,
safe
an
d h
ygie
nic
way
4.2
Sta
te w
her
e in
form
ation a
bout
hea
lth a
nd s
afet
y in
yo
ur
work
pla
ce c
an b
e obta
ined
4.3
D
escr
ibe
the
types
of haz
ard
in t
he
work
pla
ce t
hat
m
ay o
ccur
and h
ow
to d
eal w
ith t
hes
e
4.4
Sta
te h
azard
s th
at c
an b
e dea
lt w
ith p
erso
nal
ly a
nd
haz
ards
that
must
be
report
ed t
o s
om
eone
else
4.5
Sta
te h
ow
to w
arn o
ther
peo
ple
about
haz
ards
and
why
this
is
import
ant
4.6
Sta
te w
hy
acci
den
ts a
nd n
ear
acc
iden
ts s
hould
be
report
ed a
nd w
ho t
hes
e sh
ould
be
report
ed t
o
4.7
D
escr
ibe
the
type
of
emer
gen
cies
that
may
hap
pen
in
the
work
pla
ce a
nd h
ow
to d
eal w
ith t
hes
e
4.8
Sta
te w
her
e to
fin
d f
irst
-aid
equip
men
t an
d w
ho t
he
regis
tere
d f
irst
-aid
er is
in t
he
work
pla
ce
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
18
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
4.9
Sta
te s
afe
lifting a
nd h
andlin
g t
echniq
ues
that
sh
ould
be
follo
wed
4.1
0
Sta
te o
ther
way
s of
work
ing s
afe
ly t
hat
are
rel
evan
t to
ow
n p
osi
tion a
nd w
hy
thes
e are
im
port
ant
4.1
1
Des
crib
e org
anis
ational
em
ergen
cy p
roce
dure
s, in
par
ticu
lar
fire
, an
d h
ow
thes
e sh
ould
be
follo
wed
4.1
2
Sta
te t
he
poss
ible
cause
s fo
r fire
in t
he
work
pla
ce
4.1
3
Des
crib
e how
to m
inim
ise
the
risk
of
fire
4.1
4
Sta
te w
her
e to
fin
d f
ire
alarm
s an
d h
ow
to s
et t
hem
off
4.1
5
Sta
te w
hy
a fire
should
nev
er b
e ap
pro
ached
unle
ss
it is
safe
to d
o s
o
4.1
6
Sta
te t
he
import
ance
of
follo
win
g fir
e sa
fety
law
s
4.1
7
Des
crib
e org
anis
ational
sec
urity
pro
cedure
s an
d
why
thes
e are
im
port
ant
4.1
8
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
pro
cedure
s fo
r dea
ling w
ith
cust
om
er p
roper
ty
4.1
9
Sta
te t
he
import
ance
of re
port
ing a
ll usu
al/
non-r
outine
inci
den
ts t
o t
he
appro
priate
per
son
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
19
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
20
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
Maintain personal health and hygiene
The assessor must assess assessment criteria 1.1 and 1.2 by directly observing the learner’s work.
The assessor may assess assessment criteria 1.3, 1.4 and 1.5 through questioning or witness testimony if no naturally occurring evidence is available.
Help to maintain a hygienic, safe and secure workplace
The assessor must assess assessment criteria 3.1, 3.3, 3.4 and 3.5 by directly observing the learner’s work.
The assessor may assess assessment criterion 3.2 through questioning, witness testimony or simulation if no naturally occurring evidence is available.
There must be performance evidence, gathered through observing the learner’s work for:
at least one from hazards
a) relating to equipment
b) relating to areas where you work
c) relating to personal clothing
none from ways of dealing with hazards
a) putting them right yourself
b) reporting them to appropriate colleagues
c) warning other people
at least one from emergency procedures
a) fire
b) threat
c) security.
Evidence for the remaining assessment criteria may be assessed through questioning, witness testimony or simulation.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
21
Unit 2: Working Effectively as Part of a Hospitality Team
Unit code: 1GEN4/09
Unit reference number: T/601/4216
QCF level: 1
Credit value: 3
Guided learning hours: 22
Unit summary
This unit assesses learners’ skills and knowledge when working as part of a team. Teams include line managers, supervisors as well as other people in the same team and those working at the same level. The unit includes planning and organising work, working effectively as part of a team and getting feedback from others to support his/her own learning and development.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
22
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1
Be
able
to p
lan a
nd
org
anis
e ow
n w
ork
1.1
M
ake
sure
the
requirem
ents
of th
e w
ork
are
under
stood
1.2
Ask
ques
tions
if t
he
requirem
ents
of
the
work
are
not
clea
r
1.3
Acc
ura
tely
follo
w inst
ruct
ions
1.4
Pl
an w
ork
and p
riori
tise
tas
ks in o
rder
of
import
ance
1.5
Kee
p e
very
thin
g n
eeded
for
the
work
org
anis
ed a
nd
avai
lable
1.6
Kee
p w
ork
are
as
clea
n a
nd t
idy
1.7
Kee
p w
ast
e to
a m
inim
um
1.8
Ask
for
hel
p fro
m t
he
rele
vant
per
son if it is
nee
ded
1.9
Pr
ovi
de
work
on t
ime
and a
s ag
reed
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
23
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2
Be
able
to w
ork
effec
tive
ly
with t
eam
mem
ber
s 2.1
G
ive
team
mem
ber
s hel
p w
hen
they
ask
for
it
2.2
Ensu
re t
he
hel
p g
iven
to t
eam
mem
ber
s is
within
th
e lim
its
of ow
n job r
ole
2.3
Ensu
re t
he
hel
p g
iven
to t
eam
mem
ber
s does
not
pre
vent
ow
n w
ork
bei
ng c
om
ple
ted o
n t
ime
2.4
Pa
ss o
n im
port
ant
info
rmat
ion t
o t
eam
mem
ber
s as
soon a
s poss
ible
2.5
M
ainta
in g
ood w
ork
ing r
elat
ionsh
ips
with t
eam
m
ember
s
2.6
Rep
ort
any
pro
ble
ms
with w
ork
ing r
elat
ionsh
ips
to
the
rele
vant
per
son
2.7
Com
munic
ate
clea
rly
and e
ffec
tive
ly w
ith t
eam
m
ember
s
3
Be
able
to d
evel
op o
wn
skill
s 3.1
See
k fe
edbac
k on o
wn w
ork
and d
eal w
ith t
his
fe
edback
posi
tive
ly
3.2
Id
entify
with t
he
rele
vant
per
son a
spec
ts o
f ow
n
work
whic
h a
re u
p t
o s
tandar
d a
nd a
reas
that
could
be
impro
ved
3.3
Agre
e w
hat
has
to b
e done
to im
pro
ve t
hei
r w
ork
3.4
Agre
e a
lear
nin
g p
lan w
ith t
he
rele
vant
per
son
3.5
See
k opport
unitie
s to
rev
iew
and d
evel
op lea
rnin
g
pla
n
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
24
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
4
Know
how
to p
lan a
nd
org
anis
e ow
n w
ork
4.1
Sta
te w
hy
it is
esse
ntial
to u
nder
stand t
he
requirem
ents
of
the
work
4.2
Li
st t
he
ben
efits
of
pla
nnin
g a
nd o
rganis
ing w
ork
4.3
D
escr
ibe
how
to m
ake
the
most
eff
icie
nt
use
of
tim
e an
d a
void
thin
gs
that
may
cau
se u
nnec
essa
ry
dis
ruptions
4.4
Li
st t
he
ben
efits
of
keep
ing e
very
thin
g n
eeded
for
ow
n w
ork
org
anis
ed a
nd a
vaila
ble
4.5
Sta
te w
hy
it is
import
ant
to k
eep w
ork
are
as
clea
n
and t
idy
4.6
Sta
te w
hy
it is
import
ant
to k
eep w
aste
to a
m
inim
um
4.7
Sta
te w
hen
to a
sk f
or
hel
p a
nd w
ho c
an b
e ask
ed
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
25
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
5
Know
how
to w
ork
ef
fect
ivel
y w
ith t
eam
m
ember
s
5.1
Sta
te t
he
import
ance
of ef
fect
ive
team
work
5.2
Sta
te t
he
peo
ple
in o
wn t
eam
and e
xpla
in h
ow
they
fit
into
the
org
anis
atio
n
5.3
Li
st t
he
resp
onsi
bili
ties
of
the
team
and w
hy
it is
import
ant
to t
he
org
anis
atio
n a
s a w
hole
5.4
D
escr
ibe
how
to m
ainta
in g
ood w
ork
ing
rela
tionsh
ips
with t
eam
mem
ber
s
5.5
Sta
te h
ow
to d
eter
min
e if h
elpin
g a
tea
m m
ember
w
ill p
reve
nt
ow
n w
ork
fro
m b
eing c
om
ple
ted o
n
tim
e
5.6
Sta
te t
he
limits
of ow
n job r
ole
and w
hat
can
and
cannot
be
done
when
hel
pin
g t
eam
mem
ber
s
5.7
Sta
te w
hy
esse
ntial
info
rmation n
eeds
to b
e pass
ed
on t
o a
tea
m m
ember
as
soon a
s poss
ible
5.8
Li
st t
he
types
of beh
avio
ur
that
hel
p t
eam
s to
work
ef
fect
ivel
y an
d b
ehavi
ours
that
do n
ot
5.9
Sta
te w
hy
pro
ble
ms
with w
ork
ing r
elat
ionsh
ips
should
be
report
ed t
o t
he
rele
vant
per
son
5.1
0
Des
crib
e how
to c
om
munic
ate
clea
rly
and w
hy
it is
import
ant
to d
o s
o
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
26
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
6
Know
how
to d
evel
op o
wn
skill
s 6.1
Sta
te t
he
import
ance
of im
pro
ving o
wn k
now
ledge
and s
kills
6.2
D
escr
ibe
how
to g
et fee
dbac
k fr
om
tea
m m
ember
s an
d h
ow
this
is
hel
pfu
l
6.3
D
escr
ibe
how
a lea
rnin
g p
lan c
an im
pro
ve o
wn
work
6.4
Sta
te w
hy
it is
import
ant
to r
egula
rly
revi
ew o
wn
lear
nin
g p
lan
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
27
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
Learning outcomes Example assessment methods
Examples of evidence
Plan and organise your work
Observation
Witness testimony
Questioning
Observation sheets
Notes of meetings with line manager
Witness assessment criteria
Work effectively with team members
Observation
Witness testimony
Questioning
Records of oral questioning
Question/answer sheets
Records of professional discussion
Cross-reference to outcome 1
Develop your own skills Observation
Witness testimony
Questioning
Observation sheets
Notes of meetings with line manager
Witness assessment criteria
Should evidence for the following contingency assessment criteria not occur during the period of assessment, alternative assessment methods may be used.
Contingencies Alternative assessment methods
Examples of evidence
Ask for help from the relevant person if you need it
Simulation
Oral questions
Written questions
Professional discussion
Observation sheet
Question/answer sheets
Records of professional discussion
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
28
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
29
Unit 3: Maintain Food Safety When Storing, Preparing and Cooking Food
Unit code: 2GEN3/10
Unit reference number: D/601/6980
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 4
Guided learning hours: 32
Unit summary
This unit covers the main competencies needed for preparing and cooking food safely, and focuses on the four main areas of control – cooking, cleaning, chilling and preventing cross-contamination, in addition to supplies being satisfactory. It provides staff with a broad understanding of reviewing hazards and hazard procedures such that they are part of a team maintaining food safety. This unit is appropriate to staff that directly prepare and cook food.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
30
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1
Be
able
to k
eep y
ours
elf
clea
n a
nd h
ygie
nic
1.1
W
ear
clea
n a
nd h
ygie
nic
clo
thes
appro
priat
e to
the
jobs
bei
ng u
nder
take
n
1.2
Tie
hai
r back
and/o
r w
ear
appro
priat
e hai
r co
vering
1.3
O
nly
wea
r je
wel
lery
and o
ther
acc
esso
ries
that
do
not
cause
food s
afet
y haz
ards
1.4
Chan
ge
cloth
es w
hen
nec
essa
ry
1.5
W
ash h
ands
thoro
ughly
at
appro
priat
e tim
es
1.6
Avo
id u
nsa
fe b
ehav
iour
that
could
conta
min
ate
the
food w
ork
ing w
ith
1.7
Rep
ort
any
cuts
, boils
, gra
zes,
illn
ess
and infe
ctio
ns
pro
mptly
to t
he
appro
priat
e per
son
1.8
M
ake
sure
any
cuts
, boils
, sk
in infe
ctio
ns
and
gra
zes
are
trea
ted a
nd c
ove
red w
ith a
n a
ppro
priat
e dre
ssin
g
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
31
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2
Know
how
to k
eep
yours
elf cl
ean a
nd
hyg
ienic
2.1
Sta
te w
hy
clea
n a
nd h
ygie
nic
clo
thes
must
be
worn
2.2
Sta
te w
hy
hai
r m
ust
be
tied
bac
k or
an a
ppro
priat
e hai
r co
vering b
e w
orn
2.3
Sta
te t
he
diffe
rent
types
of pro
tect
ive
cloth
es
appro
priat
e fo
r diffe
rent
jobs
in s
tora
ge,
pre
par
ation a
nd c
ooki
ng food
2.4
D
escr
ibe
the
food s
afe
ty h
azard
s th
at jew
elle
ry a
nd
acce
ssories
can
cau
se
2.5
Sta
te w
hen
clo
thin
g s
hould
be
chan
ged
2.6
Sta
te t
he
import
ance
of
chan
gin
g c
loth
es
2.7
Sta
te w
hy
han
ds
must
be
was
hed
aft
er g
oin
g t
o t
he
toile
t, b
efore
goin
g into
food p
repar
atio
n a
nd
cooki
ng a
reas
, aft
er t
ouch
ing r
aw
food a
nd w
aste
, bef
ore
han
dlin
g r
eady-
to-e
at f
ood
2.8
D
escr
ibe
how
to w
ash h
ands
safe
ly
2.9
Sta
te t
he
import
ance
of not
han
dlin
g food w
hen
open
cuts
are
pre
sent
2.1
0
Des
crib
e w
hat
to d
o if
anyo
ne
has
an o
pen
cut
2.1
1
Sta
te t
he
import
ance
of
report
ing illn
esse
s an
d
infe
ctio
ns
pro
mptly
2.1
2
Sta
te w
hy
stom
ach
illn
esse
s ar
e par
ticu
larl
y im
port
ant
to r
eport
2.1
3
Sta
te t
he
import
ance
of
avoid
ing t
ouch
ing,
face
, nose
or
mouth
, blo
win
g n
ose
, ch
ewin
g g
um
, ea
ting,
smoki
ng w
hen
work
ing w
ith food
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
32
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
3
Be
able
to k
eep w
ork
ing
area
cle
an a
nd h
ygie
nic
3.1
M
ake
sure
surf
ace
s and e
quip
men
t ar
e cl
ean a
nd in
good c
onditio
n
3.2
U
se c
lean
and s
uitab
le c
loth
s an
d e
quip
men
t fo
r w
ipin
g a
nd c
lean
ing b
etw
een t
asks
3.3
Rem
ove
fro
m u
se a
ny
surf
ace
s an
d e
quip
men
t th
at
are
dam
aged
or
hav
e lo
ose
par
ts
3.4
Rep
ort
dam
aged
surf
aces
and e
quip
men
t to
the
per
son r
esponsi
ble
for
food s
afet
y
3.5
D
ispose
of
was
te p
rom
ptly,
hyg
ienic
ally
and
appro
priat
ely
3.6
Id
entify
and t
ake
appro
priate
act
ion o
n a
ny
dam
age
to w
alls
, floors
, ce
ilings,
furn
iture
and fittings
3.7
Rep
ort
any
dam
age
to w
alls
, floors
, ce
ilings,
fu
rniture
and fittings
to t
he
appro
priate
per
son
3.8
Id
entify
and t
ake
appro
priate
act
ion o
n a
ny
signs
of
pes
ts
3.9
Rep
ort
any
signs
of
pes
ts t
o t
he
appro
priate
per
son
4
Know
how
to k
eep
work
ing a
rea
clea
n a
nd
hyg
ienic
4.1
Sta
te w
hy
surf
ace
s and e
quip
men
t m
ust
be
clea
n,
hyg
ienic
and s
uitab
le for
the
inte
nded
use
bef
ore
beg
innin
g a
new
tas
k
4.2
D
escr
ibe
how
to e
nsu
re t
hat
surf
aces
and
equip
men
t ar
e cl
ean,
hyg
ienic
and s
uitab
le for
the
inte
nded
use
bef
ore
beg
innin
g a
new
tas
k
4.3
Sta
te t
he
import
ance
of only
usi
ng c
lean
and
suitab
le c
loth
s w
hen
cle
anin
g b
efore
task
s
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
33
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
4.4
Sta
te h
ow
to e
nsu
re t
hat
cle
an a
nd s
uitab
le c
loth
s ar
e use
d b
efore
task
s
4.5
Exp
lain
why
surf
ace
s an
d e
quip
men
t th
at a
re
dam
aged
or
have
loose
par
ts c
an b
e haz
ard
ous
to
food s
afe
ty
4.6
Li
st t
he
types
of dam
aged
surf
aces
or
equip
men
t th
at c
an c
ause
food s
afet
y haz
ards
4.7
D
escr
ibe
how
to d
eal w
ith d
am
aged
surf
ace
s an
d
equip
men
t
4.8
Sta
te t
he
import
ance
of cl
earing a
nd d
isposi
ng o
f w
aste
pro
mptly
and s
afel
y
4.9
D
escr
ibe
how
to s
afe
ly d
ispose
of w
ast
e
4.1
0
Des
crib
e how
dam
age
to w
alls
, floors
, ce
ilings,
fu
rniture
, fo
od e
quip
men
t an
d fittings
can c
ause
fo
od s
afe
ty h
azard
s
4.1
1
Sta
te t
he
types
of dam
age
that
should
be
looke
d
out
for
4.1
2
Sta
te t
he
types
of pes
ts t
hat
could
be
found in
cate
ring o
per
atio
ns
4.1
3
Sta
te h
ow
to r
ecognis
e th
e si
gns
that
pes
ts m
ay b
e pre
sent
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
34
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
5
Be
able
to s
tore
food
safe
ly
5.1
Chec
k th
at food is
undam
aged
, at
appro
priat
e te
mper
ature
and w
ithin
‘use
-by
dat
e’ o
n d
eliv
ery
5.2
Lo
ok
at a
nd r
etain
any
import
ant
label
ling
info
rmat
ion
5.3
Pr
epare
food f
or
stora
ge
5.4
Pl
ace
food in s
tora
ge
as q
uic
kly
as n
eces
sary
to
mai
nta
in its
saf
ety
5.5
M
ake
sure
sto
rage
are
as a
re c
lean
, su
itable
and
mai
nta
ined
at
the
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
for
the
type
of
food
5.6
Sto
re food s
o t
hat
cro
ss-c
onta
min
atio
n is
pre
vente
d
5.7
Fo
llow
sto
ck r
ota
tion p
roce
dure
s
5.8
Saf
ely
dis
pose
of fo
od t
hat
is
bey
ond ‘use
-by
date
’
5.9
Kee
p n
eces
sary
rec
ord
s up-t
o d
ate
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
35
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
6
Know
how
to s
tore
food
safe
ly
6.1
Sta
te t
he
import
ance
of m
aki
ng s
ure
food d
eliv
erie
s ar
e undam
aged
, at
the
corr
ect
tem
per
atu
re a
nd
within
use
-by-
date
6.2
Sta
te t
he
import
ance
of pre
par
ing food f
or
stora
ge
6.3
Sta
te w
hy
food m
ust
be
put
in t
he
corr
ect
stora
ge
area
6.4
Sta
te t
he
tem
per
atu
re food s
hould
be
store
d a
t
6.5
Sta
te t
he
import
ance
of ke
epin
g s
tora
ge
area
s cl
ean a
nd t
idy
6.6
D
escr
ibe
what
to d
o if st
ora
ge
area
s are
not
clea
n
and t
idy
6.7
Sta
te t
he
import
ance
of
storing f
ood a
t th
e co
rrec
t te
mper
ature
6.8
D
escr
ibe
how
to s
tore
food a
t th
e co
rrec
t te
mper
ature
6.9
Sta
te w
hat
typ
es o
f fo
od a
re r
aw
6.1
0
Sta
te w
hy
types
of
food a
re r
eady-
to-e
at
6.1
1
Sta
te w
hy
stock
rota
tion p
roce
dure
s ar
e im
port
ant
6.1
2
Sta
te w
hy
food b
eyond its
‘use
-by
dat
e’ m
ust
be
dis
pose
d o
f
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
36
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
7
Be
able
to p
repar
e, c
ook
and h
old
food s
afel
y 7.1
Chec
k fo
od b
efore
and d
uring o
per
atio
ns
for
any
haz
ards
7.2
Fo
llow
corr
ect
pro
cedure
s fo
r dea
ling w
ith f
ood
haz
ards
7.3
Fo
llow
org
anis
atio
nal
pro
cedure
s fo
r item
s th
at m
ay
cause
alle
rgic
rea
ctio
ns
7.4
Pre
vent
cross
-conta
min
atio
n b
etw
een d
iffe
rent
types
of
food
7.5
U
se m
ethods,
tim
es,
tem
per
ature
s an
d c
hec
ks t
o
mak
e su
re food is
safe
follo
win
g o
per
ations
7.6
Kee
p n
eces
sary
rec
ord
s up t
o d
ate
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
37
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
8
Know
how
to m
ainta
in
food s
afe
ty
8.1
D
escr
ibe
how
to o
per
ate
a food s
afet
y m
anag
emen
t sy
stem
8.2
Exp
lain
the
conce
pt
of haza
rds
to f
ood s
afe
ty in a
ca
tering o
per
atio
n
8.3
Sta
te t
he
nec
essi
ty o
f co
ntr
olli
ng h
azar
ds
to f
ood
safe
ty in o
rder
to r
emove
or
keep
ris
ks t
o a
saf
e le
vel
8.4
D
escr
ibe
what
may
hap
pen
if haz
ards
are
not
contr
olle
d
8.5
Sta
te t
he
types
of haza
rds
that
may
occ
ur
in a
ca
tering o
per
atio
n
8.6
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
ontr
ol haza
rds
by
cooki
ng,
chill
ing,
clea
nin
g a
nd t
he
avo
idan
ce o
f cr
oss
-co
nta
min
ation
8.7
Sta
te w
hy
monitoring is
import
ant
8.8
Sta
te t
he
key
stages
in t
he
monitoring p
roce
ss
8.9
Sta
te t
he
import
ance
of kn
ow
ing w
hat
to d
o w
hen
th
ings
go w
rong
8.1
0
Sta
te w
hy
som
e haz
ard
s ar
e m
ore
im
port
ant
than
oth
ers
in t
erm
s of
food s
afet
y
8.1
1
Sta
te w
ho t
o r
eport
to if th
ere
are
food s
afe
ty
haz
ards
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
38
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
9
Know
how
to p
repar
e,
cook
and h
old
food s
afe
ly
9.1
Sta
te w
hy
it is
nec
essa
ry t
o d
efro
st f
oods
bef
ore
co
oki
ng
9.2
Sta
te w
hen
it
is n
eces
sary
to d
efro
st f
oods
bef
ore
co
oki
ng
9.3
D
escr
ibe
how
to s
afe
ly a
nd t
horo
ughly
def
rost
food
bef
ore
cooki
ng
9.4
D
escr
ibe
how
to r
ecognis
e co
nditio
ns
lead
ing t
o
safe
ty h
azar
ds
9.5
Sta
te w
hat
to d
o if an
y fo
od s
afe
ty h
aza
rds
are
dis
cove
red
9.6
Sta
te t
he
import
ance
of kn
ow
ing t
hat
cer
tain
foods
cause
alle
rgic
rea
ctio
ns
9.7
D
escr
ibe
org
anis
ational
pro
cedure
s to
dea
l w
ith
foods
capable
of
causi
ng a
llerg
ic r
eact
ions
9.8
Sta
te w
hat
to d
o if a
cust
om
er a
sks
if a
par
ticu
lar
dis
h is
free
fro
m c
erta
in f
ood a
llerg
en
9.9
D
escr
ibe
how
cro
ss-c
onta
min
ation c
an h
appen
bet
wee
n d
iffe
rent
food t
ypes
9.1
0
Des
crib
e how
to a
void
cro
ss-c
onta
min
atio
n b
etw
een
diffe
rent
food t
ypes
9.1
1
Exp
lain
why
thoro
ugh c
ooki
ng a
nd r
ehea
ting
met
hods
should
be
use
d
9.1
2
Sta
te c
ooki
ng,
rehea
ting,
tem
per
ature
s an
d t
imes
to
use
for
food b
eing w
ork
ed w
ith
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
39
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
9.1
3
Des
crib
e how
to c
hec
k th
at
food is
thoro
ughly
co
oke
d o
r sa
fely
reh
eate
d
9.1
4
Sta
te t
he
import
ance
of
maki
ng s
ure
that
food is
at
the
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
bef
ore
and d
uring h
old
ing,
prior
to s
ervi
ng it
to t
he
cust
om
er
9.1
5
Sta
te t
he
types
of
foods
that
may
nee
d t
o b
e ch
illed
or
froze
n b
ecau
se t
hey
are
not
for
imm
edia
te
consu
mption
9.1
6
Des
crib
e how
to s
afe
ly s
tore
food n
ot
for
imm
edia
te
consu
mption
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
40
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
Keep yourself clean and hygienic
The assessor must assess assessment criteria 1.1, 1.2, 1.3 and 1.5 by directly observing the learner’s work.
The assessor may assess assessment criteria 1.4, 1.6, 1.7 and 1.8 through questioning or witness testimony if no naturally occurring evidence is available.
There must be performance evidence, gathered through observing the learner’s work for:
at least four from clothes
a) trousers
b) tops/jackets
c) coats
d) disposable gloves
e) shoes
f) headgear
g) aprons
at least five from appropriate times to wash your hands
a) after going to the toilet or in contact with faeces
b) when going into food preparation and cooking areas including after any work breaks
c) after touching raw food and waste
d) before handling raw food
e) after disposing of waste
f) after cleaning
g) changing dressings or touching open wounds
none from unsafe behaviour
a) failure to wash hands thoroughly when necessary
b) touching your face, nose of mouth, blowing your nose
c) chewing gum
d) eating
e) smoking
f) scratching.
Evidence for the remaining assessment criteria may be assessed through questioning or witness testimony.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
41
Keep your working area clean and hygienic
The assessor must assess assessment criteria 3.1, 3.2, 3.5 and 3.6 by directly observing the learner’s work.
The assessor may assess assessment criteria 3.3, 3.4, 3.8 and 3.9 through questioning or witness testimony if no naturally occurring evidence is available.
There must be performance evidence, gathered through observing the learner’s work for:
at least two from surfaces and equipment
a) surfaces and utensils for preparing, cooking and holding food
b) surfaces and utensils used for displaying and serving food
c) appropriate cleaning equipment.
Evidence for the remaining assessment criteria may be assessed through questioning or witness testimony.
Store food safely
The assessor must assess assessment criteria 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6 and 5.7 by directly observing the learner’s work.
The assessor may assess assessment criteria 5.8 and 5.9 through questioning or witness testimony if no naturally occurring evidence is available.
There must be performance evidence, gathered through observing the learner’s work for:
at least two from storage areas
a) ambient temperature
b) refrigerator
c) freezer.
Evidence for the remaining assessment criteria may be assessed through questioning or witness testimony.
Prepare, cook and hold food safely
The assessor must assess assessment criteria 7.4 and 7.5 by directly observing the learner’s work.
The assessor may assess assessment criteria 7.1, 7.2, 7.3 and 7.6 through questioning or witness testimony if no naturally occurring evidence is available.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
42
There must be performance evidence, gathered through observing the learner’s work for:
at least four from operations
a) defrosting food
b) preparing food, including washing and peeling
c) cooking food
d) reheating food
e) holding food before serving
f) cooling cooked food not for immediate consumption
g) freezing cooked food not for immediate consumption
none from hazards
a) bacteria and other organisms
b) chemical
c) physical
d) allergenic.
Evidence for the remaining assessment criteria may be assessed through questioning or witness testimony.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
43
Unit 4: Maintain, Handle and Clean Knives
Unit code: 1GEN7/10
Unit reference number: K/601/5041
QCF level: 1
Credit value: 3
Guided learning hours: 25
Unit summary
This unit is about using and caring for knives within professional kitchens. Knives may include both straight and serrated bladed, from small vegetable knives to cleavers.
The unit also refers to the use of scissors and secateurs.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
44
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1
Be
able
to m
ainta
in,
han
dle
and c
lean
kniv
es
1.1
Pr
ioritise
work
and c
arr
y it o
ut
in a
n o
rgan
ised
and
effici
ent
man
ner
1.2
Ensu
re k
niv
es a
re c
lean
1.3
Shar
pen
kniv
es u
sing s
afe
shar
pen
ing m
ethods
1.4
Sel
ect
kniv
es a
ppro
priat
e to
the
task
to b
e under
take
n
1.5
Ensu
re t
hat
the
cutt
ing e
dge
is f
irm
and s
ecure
and
appro
priat
e fo
r th
e ta
sk
1.6
Saf
ely
han
dle
kniv
es w
hile
under
taki
ng t
ask
s
1.7
Cle
an a
nd s
tore
kniv
es a
ccord
ing t
o o
rgan
isat
ional
re
quirem
ents
1.8
Rep
ort
dam
age
to k
niv
es t
o t
he
appro
priat
e per
son
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
45
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2
Know
how
to m
ainta
in,
han
dle
and c
lean
kniv
es
2.1
Sta
te w
hy
kniv
es s
hould
be
kept
sharp
2.2
Sta
te w
hy
kniv
es s
hould
be
store
d s
afe
ly
2.3
Exp
lain
why
and t
o w
hom
all
acc
iden
ts s
hould
be
report
ed
2.4
Exp
lain
why
the
appro
priat
e kn
ife
should
be
sele
cted
for
spec
ific
tas
k
2.5
Sta
te w
hy
han
dle
s of
kniv
es s
hould
be
not
be
allo
wed
to b
ecom
e gre
asy
during u
se
2.6
Exp
lain
why
kniv
es s
hould
be
handle
d a
nd c
arried
co
rrec
tly
2.7
Sta
te w
hy
cutt
ing s
urf
aces
should
be
firm
and
secu
re
2.8
Exp
lain
why
kniv
es s
hould
be
clea
ned
bet
wee
n
dea
ling w
ith d
iffe
rent
food g
roups
2.9
D
escr
ibe
what
ris
ks t
her
e ar
e of
conta
min
atio
n f
rom
poorl
y m
ainta
ined
kniv
es
2.1
0
Sta
te w
hy
surf
ace
s sh
ould
be
clea
n
2.1
1
Exp
lain
why
dam
aged
kniv
es s
hould
not
be
use
d
2.1
2
Des
crib
e w
hat
act
ion c
an b
e ta
ken t
o p
reve
nt
alle
rgen
ic r
eact
ions
am
ong c
onsu
mer
s w
hen
han
dlin
g a
nd c
lean
ing k
niv
es
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
46
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
47
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
The assessor must assess assessment criteria 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6 and 1.7 by directly observing the learner’s work.
The assessor may assess assessment criterion 1.8 through questioning or witness testimony if no naturally occurring evidence is available.
There must be performance evidence, gathered through observing the learner’s work for:
at least two from knives
a) straight bladed knives and cleavers
b) serrated blades
c) scissors/secateurs
at least five from tasks
a) preparing basic vegetable cuts
b) preparing meat, poultry and fish
c) preparing bread
d) opening packaging
e) sharpening
f) washing and cleaning knives after use.
Evidence for the remaining assessment criteria may be assessed through questioning or witness testimony.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
48
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
49
Unit 5: Prepare Fish for Basic Dishes
Unit code: 2FP1/10
Unit reference number: H/601/5328
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 4
Guided learning hours: 33
Unit summary
This unit is about preparing fresh, semi-prepared fish for basic dishes. The unit covers various preparation methods and fish types.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
50
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1
Be
able
to p
repar
e fish
for
bas
ic d
ishes
1.1
Chec
k fish
mee
ts d
ish r
equirem
ents
1.2
Choose
and u
se t
ools
and e
quip
men
t co
rrec
tly
1.3
Pre
pare
fis
h t
o m
eet
dis
h r
equirem
ents
1.4
Saf
ely
store
any
pre
par
ed f
ish n
ot
for
imm
edia
te
use
2
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
pre
par
e fish
for
basi
c dis
hes
2.1
Sta
te t
he
diffe
rent
types
of
com
monly
use
d fla
t,
round a
nd o
ily fis
h a
nd h
ow
to iden
tify
them
2.2
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
hec
k th
at
the
fish
mee
ts
requirem
ents
2.3
Sta
te w
hat
qual
ity
poin
ts t
o look
for
in f
resh
fis
h
2.4
D
escr
ibe
what
to d
o if th
ere
are
any
pro
ble
ms
with
the
fish
or
oth
er ingre
die
nts
2.5
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t re
quired
to
carr
y out
diffe
rent
pre
par
atio
n m
ethods
2.6
Sta
te w
hy
it is
import
ant
to u
se t
he
corr
ect
tools
, eq
uip
men
t an
d t
echniq
ues
2.7
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
arr
y out
rele
vant
pre
par
atio
n
met
hods
corr
ectly
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
51
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.8
Sta
te t
he
reas
ons
for
coat
ing a
nd m
arin
adin
g fis
h
2.9
D
escr
ibe
the
text
ure
of diffe
rent
types
of fish
and
what
this
mea
ns
in t
erm
s of han
dlin
g t
he
fish
during p
repar
atio
n
2.1
0
Sta
te h
ow
to s
tore
pre
par
ed fis
h c
orr
ectly
2.1
1
Sta
te h
ealthy
eating o
ptions
when
pre
par
ing fis
h
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
52
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
The assessor must assess assessment criteria 1.1–1.4 by directly observing the learner’s work.
There must be performance evidence, gathered through observing the learner’s work for:
at least two from fish
a) white fish – round
b) white fish – flat
c) oily fish
at least four from prepare by, which must include a minimum of three from cutting
a) filleting
removing pin bone
removing rib bones
removing spine
b) cutting
darne
goujons
supreme
tronçon
délice
paupiette
c) trimming
d) skinning
e) coating
f) marinading.
Evidence for the remaining assessment criteria may be assessed through questioning or witness testimony.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
53
Unit 6: Prepare Shellfish for Basic Dishes
Unit code: 2FP2/10
Unit reference number: M/601/5333
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 3
Guided learning hours: 25
Unit summary
This unit is about preparing shellfish for basic dishes. It covers various preparation methods and types of shellfish.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
54
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1
Be
able
to p
repar
e sh
ellfis
h f
or
basi
c dis
hes
1.1
Chec
k th
e sh
ellfis
h m
eets
req
uirem
ents
1.2
Choose
and u
se t
he
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t
1.3
Pr
epare
the
shel
lfis
h t
o m
eet
dis
h r
equirem
ents
1.4
Saf
ely
store
any
pre
par
ed s
hel
lfis
h n
ot
for
imm
edia
te u
se
2
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
pre
par
e sh
ellfis
h for
bas
ic
dis
hes
2.1
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
hec
k sh
ellfis
h m
eets
req
uirem
ents
2.2
D
escr
ibe
what
qual
itie
s to
look
for
in f
resh
shel
lfis
h:
pra
wns,
shrim
ps,
muss
els,
cock
les
and c
lam
s
2.3
D
escr
ibe
what
to d
o if th
ere
are
pro
ble
ms
with t
he
shel
lfis
h
2.4
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t re
quired
to
carr
y out
diffe
rent
pre
par
atio
n m
ethods
2.5
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
arr
y out
diffe
rent
pre
par
atio
n
met
hods
corr
ectly
2.6
Sta
te t
he
import
ance
of
usi
ng t
he
corr
ect
tools
, eq
uip
men
t an
d t
echniq
ues
corr
ectly
2.7
D
escr
ibe
what
qual
ity
poin
ts t
o look
for
in p
repar
ed
shel
lfis
h
2.8
Sta
te h
ow
to s
tore
pre
par
ed s
hel
lfis
h c
orr
ectly
2.9
Sta
te h
ealthy
eating o
ptions
when
pre
par
ing
shel
lfis
h
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
55
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
56
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
The assessor must assess assessment criteria 1.1–1.4 by directly observing the learner’s work.
There must be performance evidence, gathered through observing the learner’s work for:
at least two from shellfish
a) prawns
b) shrimps
c) mussels, cockles and clams
at least three from prepare by
a) trimming
b) shelling
c) washing
d) coating
e) cutting.
Evidence for the remaining assessment criteria may be assessed through questioning or witness testimony.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
57
Unit 7: Prepare Meat for Basic Dishes
Unit code: 2FP3/10
Unit reference number: A/601/5335
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 4
Guided learning hours: 33
Unit summary
This unit is about preparing meat (other than poultry) for basic dishes. The unit covers various preparation methods.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
58
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1
Be
able
to p
repar
e m
eat
for
bas
ic d
ishes
1.1
Chec
k m
eat
mee
ts d
ish r
equirem
ents
1.2
Choose
and u
se t
ools
and e
quip
men
t co
rrec
tly
1.3
Pr
epare
mea
t to
mee
t dis
h r
equirem
ents
1.4
Saf
ely
store
any
pre
par
ed m
eat
not
for
imm
edia
te
use
2
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
pre
par
e m
eat
for
bas
ic
dis
hes
2.1
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
hec
k m
eat
mee
ts r
equirem
ents
2.2
D
escr
ibe
what
qual
ity
poin
ts t
o look
for
in fre
sh
mea
t
2.3
D
escr
ibe
what
to d
o if th
ere
are
pro
ble
ms
with t
he
mea
t or
oth
er ingre
die
nts
2.4
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tools
, kn
ives
and e
quip
men
t re
quired
to c
arry
out
diffe
rent
pre
par
atio
n m
ethods
2.5
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
arr
y out
diffe
rent
pre
par
atio
n
met
hods
corr
ectly
2.6
Sta
te t
he
import
ance
of
usi
ng t
he
corr
ect
tools
, kn
ives
, eq
uip
men
t and t
echniq
ues
2.7
D
escr
ibe
how
to s
tore
pre
par
ed m
eat
2.8
Sta
te h
ealthy
eating o
ptions
when
pre
par
ing m
eat
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
59
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
60
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
The assessor must assess assessment criteria 1.1–1.4 by directly observing the learner’s work.
There must be performance evidence, gathered through observing the learner’s work for:
at least three from prepare by, which must include a minimum of two from cutting
a) cutting
dice
slice
portion
b) basic boning of joints
c) seasoning/marinading
d) trimming
e) tying
f) tenderising.
Evidence for the remaining assessment criteria may be assessed through questioning or witness testimony.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
61
Unit 8: Prepare Poultry for Basic Dishes
Unit code: 2FP4/10
Unit reference number: J/601/5354
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 4
Guided learning hours: 33
Unit summary
This unit is about preparing poultry for basic dishes. The unit covers various preparation methods and poultry types.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
62
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1
Be
able
to p
repar
e poultry
fo
r bas
ic d
ishes
1.1
Chec
k poultry
mee
ts d
ish r
equirem
ents
1.2
Choose
and u
se t
he
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t
1.3
Pr
epare
poultry
to m
eet
dis
hes
req
uirem
ents
1.4
Saf
ely
store
any
pre
par
ed p
oultry
not
for
imm
edia
te u
se
2
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
pre
par
e poultry
for
bas
ic
dis
hes
2.1
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
hec
k poultry
mee
ts r
equirem
ents
2.2
D
escr
ibe
what
qual
ity
poin
ts t
o look
for
in a
ran
ge
of
fres
h p
oultry
2.3
D
escr
ibe
what
to d
o if th
ere
are
pro
ble
ms
with t
he
poultry
or
oth
er ingre
die
nts
2.4
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t re
quired
to
carr
y out
diffe
rent
pre
par
atio
n m
ethods
2.5
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
arr
y out
rele
vant
pre
par
atio
n
met
hods
corr
ectly
2.6
Sta
te t
he
import
ance
of
usi
ng t
he
corr
ect
tools
, kn
ives
, eq
uip
men
t and t
echniq
ues
2.7
D
escr
ibe
how
to s
tore
pre
par
ed p
oultry
2.8
Sta
te h
ealthy
eating o
ptions
when
pre
par
ing
poultry
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
63
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
64
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
The assessor must assess assessment criteria 1.1–1.4 by directly observing the learner’s work.
There must be performance evidence, gathered through observing the learner’s work for:
all from poultry
a) whole birds
b) portions of poultry meat
at least four from prepare by, which must include a minimum of two from cutting
a) cleaning
b) checking and preparing cavity
c) seasoning/marinading
d) trimming
e) cutting (portion/dice/cut for sautéing)
f) stuffing/filling
g) coating
h) tying and trussing
i) batting out.
Evidence for the remaining assessment criteria may be assessed through questioning or witness testimony.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
65
Unit 9: Prepare Game for Basic Dishes
Unit code: 2FP5/10
Unit reference number: H/601/5359
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 4
Guided learning hours: 35
Unit summary
This unit is about preparing game for basic dishes. The unit covers various preparation methods and game types.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
66
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1
Be
able
to p
repar
e gam
e fo
r bas
ic d
ishes
1.1
Chec
k gam
e m
eets
dis
h r
equirem
ents
1.2
Choose
and u
se t
ools
and e
quip
men
t co
rrec
tly
1.3
Pr
epare
gam
e to
mee
t dis
h r
equirem
ents
1.4
Saf
ely
store
any
pre
par
ed g
ame
not
for
imm
edia
te
use
2
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
pre
par
e gam
e fo
r bas
ic
dis
hes
2.1
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
hec
k gam
e m
eets
req
uirem
ents
2.2
D
escr
ibe
what
qual
ity
poin
ts t
o look
for
in fre
sh
gam
e: s
kinned
and p
luck
ed
2.3
D
escr
ibe
what
to d
o if th
ere
are
pro
ble
ms
with t
he
gam
e or
oth
er ingre
die
nts
2.4
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t re
quired
to
carr
y out
diffe
rent
pre
par
atio
n m
ethods
2.5
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
arr
y out
rele
vant
pre
par
atio
n
met
hods
corr
ectly
2.6
Sta
te t
he
import
ance
of
usi
ng t
he
corr
ect
tools
, eq
uip
men
t an
d t
echniq
ues
2.7
D
escr
ibe
how
to s
tore
pre
par
ed g
ame
2.8
Sta
te h
ealthy
eating o
ptions
when
pre
par
ing g
ame
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
67
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
68
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
The assessor must assess assessment criteria 1.1–1.4 by directly observing the learner’s work.
There must be performance evidence, gathered through observing the learner’s work for:
both from game
a) skinned
b) plucked
at least three from prepare by, which must include one from cutting
a) checking and preparing the cavity
b) checking for and removing shot
c) seasoning/marinading
d) trimming
e) cutting (portioning, dicing, trimming)
f) stuffing/filling
g) tying.
Evidence for the remaining assessment criteria may be assessed through questioning or witness testimony.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
69
Unit 10: Prepare Offal for Basic Dishes
Unit code: 2FP6/10
Unit reference number: H/601/5362
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 3
Guided learning hours: 28
Unit summary
This unit is about preparing offal for basic dishes. The unit covers various preparation methods and types of offal.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
70
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1
Be
able
to p
repar
e offal
fo
r bas
ic d
ishes
1.1
Chec
k off
al m
eet
requirem
ents
1.2
Choose
and u
se t
he
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t
1.3
Pr
epare
offal
to m
eet
requirem
ents
for
the
dis
h
1.4
Saf
ely
store
any
pre
par
ed o
ffal not
for
imm
edia
te
use
2
Under
stan
d h
ow
to o
ffal
fo
r bas
ic d
ishes
2.1
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
hec
k offal m
eets
req
uirem
ents
2.2
D
escr
ibe
what
qual
ity
poin
ts t
o look
for
in fre
sh
off
al:
liv
er,
kidney
and s
wee
tbre
ad
2.3
D
escr
ibe
what
to d
o if
ther
e ar
e pro
ble
ms
with o
ffal
or
oth
er ingre
die
nts
2.4
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t re
quired
to
carr
y out
the
diffe
rent
pre
par
atio
n m
ethods
2.5
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
arr
y out
diffe
rent
pre
par
atio
n
met
hods
corr
ectly
2.6
Sta
te t
he
import
ance
of
usi
ng t
he
corr
ect
tools
, eq
uip
men
t an
d t
echniq
ues
corr
ectly
2.7
D
escr
ibe
how
to s
tore
pre
par
ed o
ffal
2.8
Sta
te h
ealthy
eating o
ptions
when
pre
par
ing o
ffal
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
71
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
72
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
The assessor must assess assessment criteria 1.1–1.4 by directly observing the learner’s work.
There must be performance evidence, gathered through observing the learner’s work for:
at least two from offal
a) liver
b) kidney
c) sweetbread
at least four from prepare by
a) cutting and slicing
b) marinading/seasoning
c) coating with flour
d) skinning
e) trimming and de-veining
f) blending and mincing.
Evidence for the remaining assessment criteria may be assessed through questioning or witness testimony.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
73
Unit 11: Prepare Vegetables for Basic Dishes
Unit code: 2FP7/10
Unit reference number: J/601/5368
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 4
Guided learning hours: 33
Unit summary
This unit is about preparing vegetables for basic dishes. The unit covers various preparation methods and types of vegetables.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
74
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1
Be
able
to p
repar
e ve
get
able
s fo
r basi
c dis
hes
1.1
Chec
k ve
get
able
s m
eet
requirem
ents
1.2
Choose
and u
se t
he
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t
1.3
Pr
epare
veg
etab
les
to m
eet
dis
h r
equirem
ents
1.4
Saf
ely
store
any
pre
par
ed v
eget
able
s not
for
imm
edia
te u
se
2
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
pre
par
e ve
get
able
s fo
r bas
ic d
ishes
2.1
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
hec
k ve
get
able
s m
eet
requirem
ents
2.2
D
escr
ibe
what
qual
ity
poin
ts t
o look
for
in fre
sh
veget
able
s
2.3
Li
st w
hat
diffe
rent
fres
h v
eget
able
s ar
e av
aila
ble
dep
endin
g o
n s
easo
n
2.4
D
escr
ibe
what
to d
o if th
ere
are
pro
ble
ms
with
veget
able
s or
oth
er ingre
die
nts
2.5
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t re
quired
to
carr
y out
diffe
rent
pre
par
atio
n m
ethods
2.6
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
arr
y out
rele
vant
pre
par
atio
n
met
hods
corr
ectly
2.7
Sta
te t
he
import
ance
of
usi
ng t
he
corr
ect
tools
, eq
uip
men
t an
d t
echniq
ues
2.8
D
escr
ibe
how
to m
ainta
in t
he
appea
rance
and
text
ure
of
veget
able
s during p
repar
atio
n
2.9
D
escr
ibe
how
to s
tore
pre
par
ed v
eget
able
s
2.1
0
Sta
te h
ealthy
eating o
ptions
when
pre
par
ing
veget
able
s
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
75
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
76
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
The assessor must assess assessment criteria 1.1–1.4 by directly observing the learner’s work.
There must be performance evidence, gathered through observing the learner’s work for:
at least seven from vegetables
a) roots
b) bulbs
c) flower heads
d) fungi
e) seeds and pods
f) tubers
g) leaves
h) stems
i) vegetable fruits
at least six from prepare by, which must include at least two traditional French cuts
a) washing
b) peeling
c) re-washing
d) chopping
e) traditional French cuts (julienne, brunoise, macédoine, jardinière and paysanne)
f) slicing
g) trimming
h) grating.
Evidence for the remaining assessment criteria may be assessed through questioning or witness testimony.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
77
Unit 12: Cook and Finish Basic Fish Dishes
Unit code: 2FC1/10
Unit reference number: H/601/5376
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 4
Guided learning hours: 32
Unit summary
This unit is about cooking and finishing basic fish dishes. The unit covers various cooking and finishing methods and fish types.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
78
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1
Be
able
to c
ook
basi
c fish
dis
hes
1.1
Chec
k fish
mee
t dis
h r
equirem
ents
1.2
Choose
and u
se t
he
right
tools
and e
quip
men
t co
rrec
tly
1.3
Com
bin
e fish
with o
ther
ingre
die
nts
1.4
Cook
fish
to m
eet
dis
h r
equirem
ents
2
Under
stan
d h
ow
to c
ook
bas
ic f
ish d
ishes
2.1
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
hec
k fish
mee
ts d
ish
requirem
ents
2.2
D
escr
ibe
what
qual
ity
poin
ts t
o look
for
in fis
h
2.3
D
escr
ibe
what
to d
o if th
ere
are
any
pro
ble
ms
with
the
fish
or
oth
er ingre
die
nts
2.4
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t to
car
ry o
ut
diffe
rent
cooki
ng m
ethods
2.5
Sta
te w
hy
it is
import
ant
to u
se t
he
corr
ect
tools
an
d e
quip
men
t
2.6
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
arr
y out
diffe
rent
cooki
ng
met
hods
acc
ord
ing t
o d
ish r
equirem
ents
2.7
Sta
te w
hy
it is
import
ant
to u
se t
he
corr
ect
tech
niq
ues
for
each
typ
e of fish
2.8
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
for
cooki
ng fis
h a
nd
why
thes
e are
im
port
ant
to c
ook
fish
2.9
Sta
te h
ealthy
eating o
ptions
when
cooki
ng fis
h
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
79
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
3
Be
able
to f
inis
h b
asi
c fish
dis
hes
3.1
G
arnis
h a
nd p
rese
nt
dis
h t
o m
eet
requirem
ents
3.2
M
ake
sure
dis
h h
as t
he
corr
ect
flav
our,
colo
ur,
co
nsi
sten
cy a
nd q
uan
tity
3.3
M
ake
sure
dis
h is
at t
he
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
for
hold
ing a
nd s
ervi
ng
3.4
Saf
ely
store
any
cooke
d fis
h n
ot
for
imm
edia
te u
se
4
Under
stan
d h
ow
to f
inis
h
bas
ic f
ish d
ishes
4.1
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
arr
y out
diffe
rent
finis
hin
g
met
hods
4.2
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
orr
ect
a fish
dis
h t
o m
ake
sure
it
has
corr
ect
colo
ur,
consi
sten
cy a
nd f
lavo
ur
4.3
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
s fo
r hold
ing a
nd
serv
ing f
ish d
ishes
4.4
Sta
te h
ealthy
eating o
ptions
when
fin
ishin
g fis
h
dis
hes
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
80
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
The assessor must assess assessment criteria 1.1–1.4 and 3.1, 3.2 by directly observing the learner’s work.
For assessment criterion 3.3, where there is no naturally occurring evidence for both ‘holding’ and ‘serving’, the assessor may assess the learner through questioning or witness testimony for one of them, ie either holding or serving, but must observe the other.
The assessor may assess assessment criterion 3.4 through questioning or witness testimony if no naturally occurring evidence is available.
There must be performance evidence, gathered through observing the learner’s work for:
at least two from fish
a) white fish – round
b) white fish – flat
c) oily
d) pre-portioned fish
at least three from cooking by
a) cutting
dice
slice
b) grilling
c) poaching
d) baking
e) steaming.
Evidence for the remaining assessment criteria may be assessed through questioning or witness testimony.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
81
Unit 13: Cook and Finish Basic Shellfish Dishes
Unit code: 2FC2/10
Unit reference number: A/601/5383
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 4
Guided learning hours: 34
Unit summary
This unit is about cooking and finishing basic shellfish dishes. The unit covers various cooking and finishing methods and shellfish types.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
82
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1
Be
able
to c
ook
basi
c sh
ellfis
h d
ishes
1.1
Chec
k th
e sh
ellfis
h m
eets
dis
h r
equirem
ents
1.2
Choose
and u
se t
ools
and e
quip
men
t co
rrec
tly
1.3
Com
bin
e sh
ellfis
h w
ith o
ther
ingre
die
nts
1.4
Cook
shel
lfis
h t
o m
eet
requirem
ents
of th
e dis
h
2
Under
stan
d h
ow
to c
ook
bas
ic s
hel
lfis
h d
ishes
2.1
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
hec
k th
at
shel
lfis
h m
eets
dis
h
requirem
ent
2.2
Sta
te w
hat
qual
ity
poin
ts t
o look
for
in s
hel
lfis
h
2.3
D
escr
ibe
what
to d
o if th
ere
are
any
pro
ble
ms
with
the
shel
lfis
h o
r oth
er ingre
die
nts
2.4
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t to
car
ry o
ut
diffe
rent
cooki
ng m
ethods
2.5
Sta
te w
hy
it is
import
ant
to u
se t
he
corr
ect
tools
, eq
uip
men
t an
d t
echniq
ues
2.6
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
arr
y out
diffe
rent
cooki
ng
met
hods
2.7
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
s fo
r co
oki
ng v
ario
us
shel
lfis
h
2.8
Sta
te w
hy
it is
import
ant
to u
se t
he
corr
ect
cooki
ng
tech
niq
ues
2.9
Sta
te h
ealthy
eating o
ptions
when
cooki
ng w
ith
shel
lfis
h
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
83
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
3
Be
able
to f
inis
h b
asi
c sh
ellfis
h d
ishes
3.1
G
arnis
h a
nd p
rese
nt
the
dis
h t
o m
eet
requirem
ents
3.2
M
ake
sure
the
dis
h is
at t
he
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
for
hold
ing a
nd s
ervi
ng
3.3
M
ake
sure
dis
h h
as c
orr
ect
flav
our,
colo
ur,
co
nsi
sten
cy a
nd q
uan
tity
3.4
Saf
ely
store
any
cooke
d s
hel
lfis
h n
ot
for
imm
edia
te
use
4
Under
stan
d h
ow
to f
inis
h
bas
ic s
hel
lfis
h d
ishes
4.1
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
arr
y out
diffe
rent
finis
hin
g
met
hods
4.2
D
escr
ibe
how
to e
nsu
re t
hat
a s
hel
lfis
h d
ish h
as t
he
corr
ect
colo
ur,
consi
sten
cy a
nd f
lavo
ur
4.3
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
s fo
r hold
ing a
nd
serv
ing s
hel
lfis
h d
ishes
4.4
Sta
te h
ealthy
eating o
ptions
when
fin
ishin
g s
hel
lfis
h
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
84
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
The assessor must assess assessment criteria 1.1–1.4, 3.1 and 3.2 by directly observing the learner’s work.
For assessment criterion 3.3, where there is no naturally occurring evidence for both ‘holding’ and ‘serving’, the assessor may assess the learner through questioning or witness testimony for one of them, ie either holding or serving, but must observe the other.
The assessor may assess assessment criterion 3.4 through questioning or witness testimony if no naturally occurring evidence is available.
There must be performance evidence, gathered through observing the learner’s work for:
at least two from shellfish
a) prawns
b) shrimps
c) mussels, cockles and clams
at least two from cooking by (learners are only required to be observed on one from frying – either deep or shallow)
a) boiling
b) frying (deep/shallow)
c) grilling.
Evidence for the remaining assessment criteria may be assessed through questioning or witness testimony.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
85
Unit 14: Cook and Finish Basic Meat Dishes
Unit code: 2FC3/10
Unit reference number: A/601/5402
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 48
Unit summary
This unit is about cooking and finishing basic meat dishes. The unit covers various cooking and finishing methods and meat types.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
86
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1
Be
able
to c
ook
basi
c m
eat
dis
hes
1.1
Chec
k m
eat
for
type,
cut,
quan
tity
and q
ualit
y
1.2
Choose
and u
se t
ools
and e
quip
men
t co
rrec
tly
1.3
Com
bin
e m
eat
with o
ther
ingre
die
nts
1.4
Cook
mea
t to
mee
t th
e re
quirem
ents
of th
e dis
h
2
Under
stan
d h
ow
to c
ook
bas
ic m
eat
dis
hes
2.1
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
hec
k m
eat
is o
f th
e co
rrec
t ty
pe,
cu
t an
d q
uan
tity
for
the
dis
h
2.2
Sta
te w
hat
qual
ity
poin
ts t
o look
for
in p
repar
ed
mea
t
2.3
D
escr
ibe
what
to d
o if th
ere
any
pro
ble
ms
with
mea
t or
oth
er ingre
die
nts
2.4
Sta
te t
he
ben
efits
of se
alin
g m
eat
2.5
D
escr
ibe
diffe
rent
cuts
of m
eat
and t
he
most
ef
fect
ive
met
hods
of co
oki
ng t
hem
2.6
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t to
car
ry o
ut
diffe
rent
cooki
ng m
ethods
2.7
Sta
te w
hy
it is
import
ant
to u
se t
he
corr
ect
tools
an
d e
quip
men
t
2.8
D
escr
ibe
how
to u
se d
iffe
rent
cooki
ng m
ethods
2.9
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
s fo
r co
oki
ng m
eat
usi
ng d
iffe
rent
cooki
ng m
ethods
2.1
0
Sta
te h
ealthy
eating o
ptions
when
cooki
ng m
eat
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
87
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
3
Be
able
to f
inis
h b
asi
c m
eat
dis
hes
3.1
G
arnis
h a
nd p
rese
nt
the
dis
h t
o m
eet
requirem
ents
3.2
M
ake
sure
dis
h is
at t
he
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
for
hold
ing a
nd s
ervi
ng
3.3
M
ake
sure
the
dis
h h
as t
he
corr
ect
flavo
ur,
co
nsi
sten
cy a
nd q
uan
tity
3.4
Saf
ely
store
any
cooke
d m
eat
not
for
imm
edia
te
use
4
Under
stan
d h
ow
to f
inis
h
bas
ic m
eat
dis
hes
4.1
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
orr
ect
a m
eat
dis
h t
o m
eet
finis
hin
g r
equirem
ents
4.2
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
arr
y out
diffe
rent
finis
hin
g
met
hods
4.3
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
s fo
r hold
ing a
nd
serv
ing m
eat
dis
hes
4.4
Sta
te h
ealthy
eating o
ptions
when
fin
ishin
g m
eat
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
88
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
The assessor must assess assessment criteria 1.1–1.4, 3.1 and 3.2 by directly observing the learner’s work.
For assessment criterion 3.3, where there is no naturally occurring evidence for both ‘holding’ and ‘serving’, the assessor may assess the learner through questioning or witness testimony for one of them, ie either holding or serving, but must observe the other.
The assessor may assess assessment criterion 3.4 through questioning or witness testimony if no naturally occurring evidence is available.
There must be performance evidence, gathered through observing the learner’s work for:
at least five from cooking by
a) grilling (over and under fire)
b) griddling
c) frying (shallow/stir)
d) braising
e) stewing
f) roasting
g) combining cooking methods.
Evidence for the remaining assessment criteria may be assessed through questioning or witness testimony.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
89
Unit 15: Cook and Finish Basic Poultry Dishes
Unit code: 2FC4/10
Unit reference number: R/601/5390
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 42
Unit summary
This unit is about cooking and finishing basic poultry dishes. The unit covers various cooking and finishing methods and poultry types.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
90
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1
Be
able
to c
ook
basi
c poultry
dis
hes
1.1
Chec
k th
e poultry
mee
ts d
ish r
equirem
ents
1.2
Choose
and u
se t
ools
and e
quip
men
t co
rrec
tly
1.3
Com
bin
e poultry
with o
ther
ingre
die
nts
1.4
Cook
poultry
to m
eet
the
requirem
ents
of
the
dis
h
2
Under
stan
d h
ow
to c
ook
bas
ic p
oultry
dis
hes
2.1
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
hec
k poultry
mee
ts d
ish
requirem
ents
2.2
Sta
te w
hat
qual
ity
poin
ts t
o look
for
in a
ran
ge
of
poultry
2.3
D
escr
ibe
what
to d
o if th
ere
are
any
pro
ble
ms
with
poultry
or
oth
er ingre
die
nts
2.4
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t to
car
ry o
ut
diffe
rent
cooki
ng m
ethods
2.5
Sta
te w
hy
it is
import
ant
to u
se t
he
corr
ect
tools
, kn
ives
and e
quip
men
t
2.6
D
escr
ibe
how
to u
se d
iffe
rent
cooki
ng m
ethods
2.7
Sta
te w
hy
it is
import
ant
to u
se t
he
corr
ect
cooki
ng
tech
niq
ues
2.8
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
s fo
r co
oki
ng d
iffe
rent
types
of
poultry
2.9
Sta
te h
ealthy
eating o
ptions
when
cooki
ng p
oultry
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
91
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
3
Be
able
to f
inis
h b
asi
c poultry
dis
hes
3.1
G
arnis
h a
nd p
rese
nt
the
dis
h t
o m
eet
requirem
ents
3.2
M
ake
sure
the
dis
h is
at t
he
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
for
hold
ing a
nd s
ervi
ng
3.3
M
ake
sure
the
dis
h h
as t
he
corr
ect
colo
ur,
fla
vour,
co
nsi
sten
cy a
nd q
uan
tity
3.4
Saf
ely
store
any
cooke
d p
oultry
not
for
imm
edia
te
use
4
Under
stan
d h
ow
to f
inis
h
bas
ic p
oultry
dis
hes
4.1
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
orr
ect
a poultry
dis
h t
o m
eet
finis
hin
g r
equirem
ents
4.2
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
arr
y out
diffe
rent
finis
hin
g
met
hods
4.3
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
s fo
r hold
ing a
nd
serv
ing p
oultry
dis
hes
4.4
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
s fo
r st
oring p
oultry
dis
hes
not
for
imm
edia
te u
se
4.5
Sta
te h
ealthy
eating o
ptions
when
fin
ishin
g p
oultry
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
92
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
The assessor must assess assessment criteria 1.1–1.4, 3.1 and 3.2 by directly observing the learner’s work.
For assessment criterion 3.3, where there is no naturally occurring evidence for both ‘holding’ and ‘serving’, the assessor may assess the learner through questioning or witness testimony for one of them, ie either holding or serving, but must observe the other.
The assessor may assess assessment criterion 3.4 through questioning or witness testimony if no naturally occurring evidence is available.
There must be performance evidence, gathered through observing the learner’s work for:
all from poultry
a) whole birds
b) poultry portions
at least three from cooking by (learners are only required to be observed on one from frying – deep, shallow, sautéing or stir)
a) grilling
b) griddling
c) roasting
d) poaching
e) frying (deep/shallow/sautéing/stir)
f) steaming
g) braising
h) combining cooking methods.
Evidence for the remaining assessment criteria may be assessed through questioning or witness testimony.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
93
Unit 16: Cook and Finish Basic Game Dishes
Unit code: 2FC5/10
Unit reference number: M/601/5395
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 40
Unit summary
This unit is about cooking and finishing basic game dishes. The unit covers various cooking and finishing methods and game types.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
94
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1
Be
able
to c
ook
basi
c gam
e dis
hes
1.1
Chec
k th
e gam
e m
eets
dis
h r
equirem
ents
1.2
Choose
and u
se t
ools
and e
quip
men
t co
rrec
tly
1.3
Com
bin
e gam
e w
ith o
ther
ingre
die
nts
1.4
Cook
gam
e to
mee
t th
e re
quirem
ents
of th
e dis
h
2
Under
stan
d h
ow
to c
ook
bas
ic g
am
e dis
hes
2.1
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
hec
k gam
e m
eets
dis
h
requirem
ents
2.2
Sta
te w
hic
h t
ypes
of
gam
e are
ava
ilable
in w
hic
h
seas
ons
2.3
Sta
te w
hat
qual
ity
poin
ts t
o look
for
in d
iffe
rent
types
of
gam
e
2.4
D
escr
ibe
what
to d
o if th
ere
are
any
pro
ble
ms
with
the
gam
e or
oth
er ingre
die
nts
2.5
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t to
car
ry o
ut
diffe
rent
cooki
ng m
ethods
2.6
Sta
te w
hy
it is
import
ant
to u
se t
he
corr
ect
tools
an
d e
quip
men
t
2.7
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
arr
y out
diffe
rent
cooki
ng
met
hods
2.8
Sta
te w
hy
it is
import
ant
to u
se t
he
corr
ect
cooki
ng
tech
niq
ues
2.9
D
escr
ibe
how
to k
eep g
ame
mois
t
2.1
0
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
s fo
r co
oki
ng d
iffe
rent
types
of
gam
e
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
95
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.1
1
Sta
te h
ealthy
eating o
ptions
when
cooki
ng g
ame
3
Be
able
to f
inis
h b
asi
c gam
e dis
hes
3.1
G
arnis
h a
nd p
rese
nt
the
dis
h t
o m
eet
requirem
ents
3.2
M
ake
sure
the
dis
h is
at t
he
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
for
hold
ing a
nd s
ervi
ng
3.3
Saf
ely
store
any
cooke
d g
am
e not
for
imm
edia
te
use
3.4
M
ake
sure
the
dis
h h
as t
he
corr
ect
colo
ur,
fla
vour,
co
nsi
sten
cy a
nd q
uan
tity
4
Under
stan
d h
ow
to f
inis
h
bas
ic g
am
e dis
hes
4.1
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
arr
y out
diffe
rent
finis
hin
g
met
hods
4.2
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
orr
ect
a gam
e dis
h t
o m
eet
dis
h
requirem
ents
4.3
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
s fo
r hold
ing a
nd
serv
ing g
am
e dis
hes
4.4
Sta
te h
ealthy
eating o
ptions
when
fin
ishin
g g
ame
dis
hes
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
96
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
The assessor must assess assessment criteria 1.1–1.4, 3.1 and 3.2 by directly observing the learner’s work.
For assessment criterion 3.3, where there is no naturally occurring evidence for both ‘holding’ and ‘serving’, the assessor may assess the learner through questioning or witness testimony for one of them, ie either holding or serving, but must observe the other.
The assessor may assess assessment criterion 3.4 through questioning or witness testimony if no naturally occurring evidence is available.
There must be performance evidence, gathered through observing the learner’s work for:
both from game
a) furred
b) feathered
at least four from cooking by
a) grilling/griddling
b) sautéing
c) roasting
d) combining cooking methods
e) shallow frying.
Evidence for the remaining assessment criteria may be assessed through questioning or witness testimony.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
97
Unit 17: Cook and Finish Basic Offal Dishes
Unit code: 2FC6/10
Unit reference number: L/601/5405
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 40
Unit summary
This unit is about cooking and finishing basic offal dishes. The unit covers various cooking and finishing methods and offal types.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
98
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1
Be
able
to c
ook
basi
c offal
dis
hes
1.1
Chec
k th
e off
al fo
r ty
pe,
quan
tity
and q
ual
ity
1.2
Choose
and u
se t
ools
and e
quip
men
t co
rrec
tly
1.3
Com
bin
e off
al w
ith o
ther
ingre
die
nts
2
Under
stan
d h
ow
to c
ook
bas
ic o
ffal dis
hes
2.1
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
hec
k offal m
eets
dis
h
requirem
ents
2.2
Sta
te w
hat
qual
ity
poin
ts t
o look
for
in d
iffe
rent
types
of
offal
2.3
D
escr
ibe
what
to d
o if th
ere
are
any
pro
ble
ms
with
offal or
oth
er ingre
die
nts
2.4
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t to
car
ry o
ut
diffe
rent
cooki
ng m
ethods
2.5
Sta
te w
hy
it is
import
ant
to u
se t
he
corr
ect
tools
an
d e
quip
men
t
2.6
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
arr
y out
diffe
rent
cooki
ng
met
hods
2.7
Sta
te w
hy
it is
import
ant
to u
se t
he
corr
ect
cooki
ng
tech
niq
ues
2.8
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
s fo
r co
oki
ng d
iffe
rent
types
of
offal
2.9
Sta
te h
ealthy
eating o
ptions
when
cooki
ng o
ffal
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
99
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
3
Be
able
to f
inis
h b
asi
c offal dis
hes
3.1
G
arnis
h a
nd p
rese
nt
the
dis
h t
o m
eet
requirem
ents
3.2
M
ake
sure
the
dis
h is
at t
he
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
for
hold
ing a
nd s
ervi
ng
3.3
M
ake
sure
the
dis
h h
as t
he
corr
ect
colo
ur,
fla
vour,
co
nsi
sten
cy a
nd q
uan
tity
3.4
Saf
ely
store
any
cooke
d o
ffal
not
for
imm
edia
te u
se
4
Under
stan
d h
ow
to f
inis
h
bas
ic o
ffal dis
hes
4.1
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
arr
y out
diffe
rent
finis
hin
g
met
hods
4.2
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
orr
ect
an o
ffal dis
hes
to m
eet
finis
hin
g r
equirem
ents
4.3
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
s fo
r hold
ing a
nd
serv
ing o
ffal
dis
hes
4.4
Sta
te h
ealthy
eating o
ptions
when
fin
ishin
g o
ffal
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
100
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
The assessor must assess assessment criteria 1.1–1.3, 3.1 and 3.2 by directly observing the learner’s work.
For assessment criterion 3.3, where there is no naturally occurring evidence for both ‘holding’ and ‘serving’, the assessor may assess the learner through questioning or witness testimony for one of them, ie either holding or serving, but must observe the other.
The assessor may assess assessment criterion 3.4 through questioning or witness testimony if no naturally occurring evidence is available.
There must be performance evidence, gathered through observing the learner’s work for:
at least two from offal
a) liver
b) kidney
c) sweetbread
at least five from cooking by
a) grilling
b) griddling
c) shallow frying
d) boiling
e) braising
f) poaching
g) combining cooking methods
h) baking
i) steaming
j) bain marie
k) sautéing.
Evidence for the remaining assessment criteria may be assessed through questioning or witness testimony.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
101
Unit 18: Cook and Finish Basic Vegetable Dishes
Unit code: 2FC7/10
Unit reference number: H/601/5412
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 4
Guided learning hours: 32
Unit summary
This unit is about cooking and finishing basic vegetable dishes. The unit covers various cooking and finishing methods and vegetable types.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
102
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1
Be
able
to c
ook
basi
c ve
get
able
s dis
hes
1.1
Chec
k ve
get
able
s m
eet
dis
h r
equirem
ents
1.2
Choose
and u
se t
ools
and e
quip
men
t co
rrec
tly
1.3
Com
bin
e ve
get
able
s w
ith o
ther
ingre
die
nts
1.4
Cook
veget
able
s to
mee
t dis
h r
equirem
ents
2
Under
stan
d h
ow
to c
ook
bas
ic v
eget
able
s dis
hes
2.1
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
hec
k ve
get
able
s m
eet
dis
h
requirem
ents
2.2
Sta
te w
hat
qual
ity
poin
ts t
o look
for
in a
ran
ge
of
veget
able
s
2.3
D
escr
ibe
what
to d
o if th
ere
are
any
pro
ble
ms
with
veget
able
s or
oth
er ingre
die
nts
2.4
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t to
car
ry o
ut
diffe
rent
cooki
ng m
ethods
2.5
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
arr
y out
diffe
rent
cooki
ng
met
hods
for
veget
able
s
2.6
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
s fo
r co
oki
ng d
iffe
rent
types
of
veget
able
s
2.7
Sta
te t
he
diffe
rence
s bet
wee
n c
ooki
ng g
reen
ve
get
able
s an
d r
oot
veget
able
s
2.8
D
escr
ibe
how
to m
ainta
in t
he
nutr
itio
nal
val
ue
of
veget
able
s during c
ooki
ng
2.9
Sta
te t
he
mai
n r
easo
ns
for
bla
nch
ing v
eget
able
s
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
103
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.1
0
Sta
te w
hic
h v
eget
able
s are
suitab
le f
or
hig
h a
nd
low
pre
ssure
ste
amin
g
2.1
1
Sta
te h
ealthy
eating o
ptions
when
cooki
ng
veget
able
s
3
Be
able
to f
inis
h b
asi
c ve
get
able
s dis
hes
3.1
Fi
nis
h t
he
dis
h t
o m
eet
requirem
ents
3.2
M
ake
sure
the
dis
h is
at t
he
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
for
hold
ing a
nd s
ervi
ng
3.3
M
ake
sure
the
dis
h h
as t
he
corr
ect
colo
ur,
fla
vour,
co
nsi
sten
cy a
nd q
uan
tity
3.4
Saf
ely
store
any
cooke
d v
eget
able
s not
for
imm
edia
te u
se
4
Under
stan
d h
ow
to f
inis
h
bas
ic v
eget
able
s dis
hes
4.1
D
escr
ibe
how
to fin
ish b
asic
veg
etab
les
dis
hes
4.2
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
s fo
r hold
ing a
nd
serv
ing v
eget
able
dis
hes
4.3
Sta
te h
ealthy
eating o
ptions
when
fin
ishin
g
veget
able
s dis
hes
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
104
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
The assessor must assess assessment criteria 1.1–1.4, 3.1 and 3.2 by directly observing the learner’s work.
For assessment criterion 3.3, where there is no naturally occurring evidence for both ‘holding’ and ‘serving’, the assessor may assess the learner through questioning or witness testimony for one of them, ie either holding or serving, but must observe the other.
The assessor may assess assessment criterion 3.4 through questioning or witness testimony if no naturally occurring evidence is available.
There must be performance evidence, gathered through observing the learner’s work for:
at least eight from vegetables
a) roots
b) tubers
c) bulbs
d) flower heads
e) fungi
f) seeds and pods
g) leaves
h) stems
i) vegetable fruits
at least six from cooking by (learners are only required to be observed on one from frying – deep, shallow or stir)
a) blanching
b) boiling
c) roasting
d) baking
e) grilling
f) braising
g) frying (deep/shallow/stir)
h) steaming
i) stewing
j) combining cooking methods.
Evidence for the remaining assessment criteria may be assessed through questioning or witness testimony.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
105
Unit 19: Prepare, Cook and Finish Basic Hot Sauces
Unit code: 2FPC1/10
Unit reference number: A/601/5416
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 4
Guided learning hours: 33
Unit summary
This unit is about preparing, cooking and finishing basic hot sauces. The unit covers various preparation, cooking and finishing methods and sauce types.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
106
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1
Be
able
to p
repar
e basi
c hot
sauce
s 1.1
Chec
k in
gre
die
nts
to m
ake
sure
that
they
mee
t dis
h
requirem
ents
1.2
Choose
and u
se t
he
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t
1.3
Pr
epare
the
sauce
to m
eet
requirem
ents
2
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
pre
par
e basi
c hot
sauce
s 2.1
D
escr
ibe
the
safe
and c
orr
ect
use
of alc
ohol in
sa
uce
s an
d s
tate
why
it is
use
d
2.2
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
hec
k in
gre
die
nts
mee
t dis
h
requirem
ents
2.3
Sta
te w
hat
qual
ity
poin
ts t
o look
for
in s
auce
in
gre
die
nts
2.4
D
escr
ibe
what
to d
o if th
ere
are
pro
ble
ms
with t
he
ingre
die
nts
2.5
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tech
niq
ues
, to
ols
and e
quip
men
t re
quired
to c
arry
out
diffe
rent
pre
par
atio
n m
ethods
3
Be
able
to c
ook
basi
c hot
sauce
s 3.1
M
ake
sure
the
sauce
has
the
corr
ect
flav
our,
colo
ur,
te
xture
, co
nsi
sten
cy a
nd fin
ish
3.2
Cook
sauce
to m
eet
requirem
ents
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
107
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
4
Under
stan
d h
ow
to c
ook
bas
ic h
ot
sauce
s 4.1
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
arr
y out
diffe
rent
cooki
ng
met
hods
4.2
Sta
te t
he
import
ance
of
usi
ng t
he
corr
ect
tools
, eq
uip
men
t an
d t
echniq
ues
4.3
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
s fo
r co
oki
ng s
auce
s
4.4
D
escr
ibe
how
to iden
tify
when
sau
ces
hav
e th
e co
rrec
t flavo
ur,
colo
ur,
tex
ture
, co
nsi
sten
cy a
nd
finis
h
4.5
Sta
te h
ealthy
eating o
ptions
when
mak
ing h
ot
sauce
s
5
Be
able
to f
inis
h b
asi
c hot
sauce
s 5.1
Fi
nis
h t
he
sauce
to m
eet
requirem
ents
5.2
Pr
esen
t th
e sa
uce
to m
eet
requirem
ents
5.3
M
ake
sure
the
sauce
is
at t
he
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
fo
r hold
ing a
nd s
ervi
ng
5.4
Saf
ely
store
any
cooke
d s
auce
not
for
imm
edia
te
use
6
Under
stan
d h
ow
to f
inis
h
bas
ic h
ot
sauce
s 6.1
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
s fo
r hold
ing a
nd
stori
ng s
auce
s
6.2
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
arr
y out
diffe
rent
finis
hin
g
met
hods
6.3
D
escr
ibe
how
to p
rese
nt
cooke
d s
auce
s
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
108
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
109
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
The assessor must assess assessment criteria 1.1–1.3, 3.1, 3.2, 5.1 and 5.2 by directly observing the learner’s work.
For assessment criterion 5.3 where there is no naturally occurring evidence for both ‘holding’ and ‘serving’, the assessor may assess the learner through questioning or witness testimony for one of them, ie either holding or serving, but must observe the other.
The assessor may assess assessment criterion 5.4 through questioning or witness testimony if no naturally occurring evidence is available.
There must be performance evidence, gathered through observing the learner’s work for:
at least six from preparation, cooking and finishing methods
a) weighing/measuring
b) chopping
c) simmering
d) boiling
e) make roux
f) passing/straining/blending
g) skimming
h) whisking
i) adding cream
j) adding thickening agents
k) purée
l) reducing.
Learners must demonstrate through performance that they can make three of the following sauces, the remaining may be assessed through questioning or witness testimony.
white sauce (béchamel)
brown sauce (espagnole)
velouté
gravy sauce (eg jus lie, jus roti)
spiced based sauce (eg curry gravy)
purée.
Evidence for the remaining assessment criteria may be assessed through questioning or witness testimony.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
110
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
111
Unit 20: Prepare, Cook and Finish Basic Soups
Unit code: 2FPC2/10
Unit reference number: K/601/5671
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 4
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit summary
This unit is about preparing, cooking and finishing basic soups. The unit covers various preparation, cooking and finishing methods and soup types.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
112
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1
Be
able
to p
repar
e basi
c so
ups
1.1
Chec
k in
gre
die
nts
mee
t dis
h r
equirem
ents
1.2
Choose
and u
se t
he
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t
1.3
Pr
epare
the
soup t
o m
eet
requirem
ents
2
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
pre
par
e basi
c so
ups
2.1
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
hec
k th
at
the
ingre
die
nts
mee
t dis
h r
equirem
ents
2.2
Sta
te w
hat
qual
ity
poin
ts t
o look
for
in s
oup
ingre
die
nts
2.3
D
escr
ibe
what
to d
o if th
ere
are
any
pro
ble
ms
with
the
ingre
die
nts
2.4
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t re
quired
to
carr
y out
diffe
rent
pre
par
atio
n m
ethods
2.5
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
arr
y out
diffe
rent
pre
par
atio
n
met
hods
acc
ord
ing t
o d
ish r
equirem
ents
3
Be
able
to c
ook
basi
c so
ups
3.1
Cook
the
soup t
o m
eet
requirem
ents
3.2
M
ake
sure
the
soup h
as t
he
corr
ect
flavo
ur,
colo
ur,
co
nsi
sten
cy a
nd q
uan
tity
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
113
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
4
Under
stan
d h
ow
to c
ook
bas
ic s
oups
4.1
D
escr
ibe
how
cooki
ng m
ethods
should
be
follo
wed
to
mee
t dis
h r
equirem
ents
4.2
Sta
te t
he
import
ance
of
usi
ng t
he
corr
ect
tools
, eq
uip
men
t an
d t
echniq
ues
4.3
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tem
per
atu
re f
or
cooki
ng s
oups
4.4
D
escr
ibe
how
to iden
tify
when
soups
hav
e th
e co
rrec
t co
lour,
fla
vour,
consi
sten
cy a
nd q
uan
tity
4.5
Sta
te h
ealthy
eating o
ptions
when
maki
ng s
oups
5
Be
able
to f
inis
h b
asi
c so
ups
5.1
Fi
nis
h t
he
soup t
o m
eet
requirem
ents
5.2
Pre
sent
the
soup t
o m
eet
requirem
ents
5.3
M
ake
sure
the
dis
h is
at t
he
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
for
hold
ing a
nd s
ervi
ng
5.4
Saf
ely
store
any
cooke
d s
oup n
ot
for
imm
edia
te u
se
6
Under
stan
d h
ow
to f
inis
h
bas
ic s
oups
6.1
D
escr
ibe
how
to fin
ish a
nd p
rese
nt
cooke
d s
oups
6.2
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
arr
y out
diffe
rent
finis
hin
g
met
hods
6.3
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
s fo
r hold
ing a
nd
stori
ng s
oups
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
114
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
115
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
The assessor must assess assessment criteria 1.1–1.3, 3.1, 3.2, 5.1 and 5.2 by directly observing the learner’s work.
For assessment criterion 5.3, where there is no naturally occurring evidence for both ‘holding’ and ‘serving’, the assessor may assess the learner through questioning or witness testimony for one of them, ie either holding or serving, but must observe the other.
The assessor may assess assessment criterion 5.4 through questioning or witness testimony if no naturally occurring evidence is available.
There must be performance evidence, gathered through observing the learner’s work for:
at least seven from preparation and cooking methods
a) weighing/measuring
b) chopping
c) simmering
d) boiling
e) passing/straining
f) blending/liquidising
g) sweating vegetable ingredients
h) skimming
i) adding cream
j) garnishing.
Learners must demonstrate through performance that they can make three of the following soups, the remaining may be assessed through questioning or witness testimony.
broth
cream
purée
clear.
Evidence for the remaining assessment criteria may be assessed through questioning or witness testimony.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
116
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
117
Unit 21: Make Basic Stock
Unit code: 2FPC3/10
Unit reference number: A/601/5674
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 3
Guided learning hours: 26
Unit summary
This unit is about preparing and cooking basic stock. The unit covers various preparation and cooking methods and stock types.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
118
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1
Be
able
to m
ake
bas
ic
stock
s 1.1
Chec
k in
gre
die
nts
mee
t re
quirem
ents
1.2
Choose
and u
se t
he
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t
1.3
Pr
epare
and c
ook
stock
to m
eet
requirem
ents
1.4
M
ake
sure
sto
ck h
as c
orr
ect
flavo
ur,
colo
ur
and
quan
tity
1.5
Pr
esen
t st
ock
to m
eet
requirem
ents
1.6
M
ake
sure
sto
ck is
at t
he
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
for
hold
ing
1.7
Saf
ely
store
any
cooke
d s
tock
not
for
imm
edia
te
use
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
119
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2
Know
how
to m
ake
bas
ic
stock
s 2.1
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
hec
k th
e in
gre
die
nts
mee
t re
quirem
ents
2.2
Sta
te w
hat
qual
ity
poin
ts t
o look
for
in s
tock
in
gre
die
nts
2.3
Sta
te w
hat
to d
o if th
ere
are
any
pro
ble
ms
with t
he
ingre
die
nts
2.4
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tech
niq
ues
, to
ols
and e
quip
men
t to
car
ry o
ut
diffe
rent
pre
par
ation m
ethods
2.5
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tech
niq
ues
, to
ols
and e
quip
men
t to
car
ry o
ut
diffe
rent
cooki
ng m
ethods
2.6
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
arr
y out
diffe
rent
pre
par
atio
n
met
hods
2.7
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
arr
y out
diffe
rent
cooki
ng
met
hods
2.8
Sta
te t
he
import
ance
of
usi
ng t
he
corr
ect
tools
, eq
uip
men
t an
d t
echniq
ues
2.9
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
for
cooki
ng s
tock
s
2.1
0
Sta
te h
ow
to iden
tify
when
sto
cks
hav
e th
e co
rrec
t co
lour,
fla
vour
and q
uan
tity
2.1
1
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
s fo
r hold
ing a
nd
stori
ng s
tock
s
2.1
2
Des
crib
e hea
lthy
eating o
ptions
when
mak
ing
stock
s
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
120
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
121
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
The assessor must assess assessment criteria 1.1–1.5 by directly observing the learner’s work.
The assessor may assess assessment criteria 1.6 and 1.7 through questioning or witness testimony if no naturally occurring evidence is available.
There must be performance evidence, gathered through observing the learner’s work for:
at least five from preparation and cooking methods
a) weighing and measuring
b) browning/roasting
c) simmering
d) boiling
e) skimming
f) straining.
Learners must demonstrate through performance that they can make three of the following stocks, the remaining may be assessed through questioning or witness testimony.
vegetable
chicken
fish
game
beef.
Evidence for the remaining assessment criteria may be assessed through questioning or witness testimony.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
122
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
123
Unit 22: Prepare, Cook and Finish Basic Rice Dishes
Unit code: 2FPC4/10
Unit reference number: L/601/5680
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 4
Guided learning hours: 33
Unit summary
This unit is about preparing, cooking and finishing basic rice dishes. The unit covers various preparation, cooking and finishing methods and rice dishes.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
124
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1
Be
able
to p
repar
e basi
c rice
dis
hes
1.1
Chec
k rice
and o
ther
ingre
die
nts
mee
t dis
h
requirem
ents
1.2
Choose
and u
se t
he
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t
1.3
Pr
epare
the
rice
and o
ther
ingre
die
nts
to m
eet
dis
h
requirem
ents
1.4
Str
ain a
nd m
ould
the
rice
as
required
2
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
pre
par
e basi
c rice
dis
hes
2.1
D
escr
ibe
how
to m
ake
sure
that
the
rice
and o
ther
in
gre
die
nts
mee
t dis
h r
equirem
ents
2.2
Sta
te w
hat
qual
ity
poin
ts t
o look
for
in d
iffe
rent
types
of
rice
2.3
D
escr
ibe
what
to d
o if th
ere
any
pro
ble
ms
with r
ice
or
oth
er ingre
die
nts
2.4
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t re
quired
to
carr
y out
diffe
rent
pre
par
atio
n m
ethods
3
Be
able
to c
ook
basi
c rice
dis
hes
3.1
Cook
rice
and o
ther
ingre
die
nts
to m
eet
requirem
ents
3.2
M
ake
sure
the
rice
dis
h h
as t
he
corr
ect
flavo
ur,
co
lour,
tex
ture
and q
uan
tity
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
125
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
4
Under
stan
d h
ow
to c
ook
bas
ic r
ice
dis
hes
4.1
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t re
quired
to
carr
y out
diffe
rent
cooki
ng m
ethods
4.2
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
arr
y out
diffe
rent
cooki
ng
met
hods
4.3
Sta
te t
he
import
ance
of
usi
ng t
he
corr
ect
tools
, eq
uip
men
t an
d t
echniq
ues
4.4
D
escr
ibe
how
to iden
tify
when
ric
e dis
hes
hav
e th
e co
rrec
t co
lour,
fla
vour,
tex
ture
and q
uan
tity
4.5
Sta
te h
ealthy
eating o
ptions
when
maki
ng r
ice
dis
hes
5
Be
able
to f
inis
h b
asi
c ri
ce
dis
hes
5.1
Pr
esen
t th
e rice
dis
h t
o m
eet
requirem
ents
5.2
M
ake
sure
the
rice
dis
h is
at t
he
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
for
hold
ing a
nd s
ervi
ng
5.3
Saf
ety
store
any
cooke
d r
ice
dis
hes
not
for
imm
edia
te u
se
6
Under
stan
d h
ow
to f
inis
h
bas
ic r
ice
dis
hes
6.1
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
s fo
r hold
ing a
nd
serv
ing r
ice
dis
hes
6.2
D
escr
ibe
how
to s
tore
cooke
d r
ice
dis
hes
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
126
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
The assessor must assess assessment criteria 1.1–1.4, 3.1, 3.2 and 5.1 by directly observing the learner’s work.
For assessment criterion 5.2, where there is no naturally occurring evidence for both ‘holding’ and ‘serving’, the assessor may assess the learner through questioning or witness testimony for one of them, ie either holding or serving, but must observe the other.
The assessor may assess assessment criterion 5.3 through questioning or witness testimony if no naturally occurring evidence is available.
There must be performance evidence, gathered through observing the learner’s work for:
at least three from rice
a) long
b) short
c) round
d) brown
at least five from preparation and cooking methods
a) soaking and washing
b) boiling
c) frying
d) braising
e) steaming
f) stewing
g) baking
h) microwaving.
Evidence for the remaining assessment criteria may be assessed through questioning or witness testimony.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
127
Unit 23: Prepare, Cook and Finish Basic Pasta Dishes
Unit code: 2FPC5/10
Unit reference number: A/601/5688
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 4
Guided learning hours: 33
Unit summary
This unit is about preparing, cooking and finishing basic pasta dishes. The unit covers various preparation, cooking and finishing methods and pasta dish types.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
128
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1
Be
able
to p
repar
e basi
c pas
ta d
ishes
1.1
Chec
k th
e pas
ta a
nd o
ther
ingre
die
nts
mee
t dis
h
requirem
ents
1.2
Choose
and u
se t
he
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t
1.3
Pr
epare
the
pas
ta a
nd o
ther
ingre
die
nts
to m
eet
dis
h r
equirem
ents
2
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
pre
par
e basi
c past
a dis
hes
2.1
Sta
te w
hy
it is
import
ant
to k
now
the
ingre
die
nts
in
the
past
a d
ish
2.2
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
hec
k th
e past
a an
d o
ther
in
gre
die
nts
mee
t dis
h r
equirem
ents
2.3
Sta
te w
hat
qual
ity
poin
ts t
o look
for
in t
he
dis
h
2.4
D
escr
ibe
what
to d
o if th
ere
are
any
pro
ble
ms
with
the
past
a o
r oth
er ingre
die
nts
2.5
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t re
quired
to
carr
y out
diffe
rent
pre
par
atio
n m
ethods
2.6
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
arr
y out
diffe
rent
pre
par
atio
n
met
hods
3
Be
able
to c
ook
basi
c pas
ta d
ishes
3.1
Cook
the
pas
ta a
nd o
ther
ingre
die
nts
to m
eet
dis
h
requirem
ents
3.2
M
ake
sure
the
past
a d
ish h
as t
he
corr
ect
flav
our,
co
lour,
tex
ture
and q
uan
tity
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
129
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
4
Under
stan
d h
ow
to c
ook
bas
ic p
ast
a dis
hes
4.1
Sta
te t
he
import
ance
of
usi
ng t
he
corr
ect
tools
, eq
uip
men
t an
d t
echniq
ues
4.2
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
arr
y out
diffe
rent
cooki
ng
met
hods
4.3
D
escr
ibe
how
to iden
tify
when
pas
ta d
ishes
have
th
e co
rrec
t co
lour,
fla
vour,
tex
ture
and q
uantity
4.4
Sta
te h
ealthy
eating o
ptions
when
mak
ing p
asta
dis
hes
5
Be
able
to f
inis
h b
asi
c pas
ta d
ishes
5.1
Pr
esen
t an
d g
arnis
h t
he
past
a dis
h t
o m
eet
requirem
ents
5.2
M
ake
sure
the
past
a d
ish is
at t
he
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
for
hold
ing a
nd s
ervi
ng
5.3
Saf
ely
store
any
cooke
d p
ast
a d
ishes
not
for
imm
edia
te u
se
6
Under
stan
d h
ow
to f
inis
h
bas
ic p
ast
a dis
hes
6.1
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
s fo
r hold
ing a
nd
serv
ing p
ast
a dis
hes
6.2
D
escr
ibe
how
to s
tore
pas
ta d
ishes
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
130
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
The assessor must assess assessment criteria 1.1–1.3, 3.1, 3.2 and 5.1 by directly observing the learner’s work.
For assessment criterion 5.2, where there is no naturally occurring evidence for both ‘holding’ and ‘serving’, the assessor may assess the learner through questioning or witness testimony for one of them, ie either holding or serving, but must observe the other.
The assessor may assess assessment criterion 5.3 through questioning or witness testimony if no naturally occurring evidence is available.
There must be performance evidence, gathered through observing the learner’s work for:
at least three from pasta
a) stuffed pasta
b) shaped pasta
c) lasagne
d) dried pasta
e) fresh pasta
at least four from preparation and cooking methods
a) blanching
b) straining
c) mixing
d) boiling
e) baking
f) combining cooking methods.
Evidence for the remaining assessment criteria may be assessed through questioning or witness testimony.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
131
Unit 24: Prepare, Cook and Finish Basic Pulse Dishes
Unit code: 2FPC6/10
Unit reference number: M/601/5719
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 4
Guided learning hours: 33
Unit summary
This unit is about preparing, cooking and finishing basic pulse dishes. The unit covers various preparation, cooking and finishing methods and pulse dish types.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
132
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1
Be
able
to p
repar
e basi
c puls
e dis
hes
1.1
Chec
k th
e puls
e an
d o
ther
ingre
die
nts
mee
t dis
h
requirem
ents
1.2
Choose
and u
se t
he
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t
1.3
Pr
epare
the
puls
e an
d o
ther
ingre
die
nts
to m
eet
dis
h r
equirem
ents
1.4
Str
ain t
he
puls
es a
s re
quired
2
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
pre
par
e basi
c puls
e dis
hes
2.1
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
hec
k th
e puls
es a
nd o
ther
in
gre
die
nts
mee
t dis
h r
equirem
ents
2.2
Sta
te w
hat
qual
ity
poin
ts t
o look
for
in d
iffe
rent
puls
es
2.3
D
escr
ibe
what
to d
o if th
ere
are
pro
ble
ms
with
puls
es o
r oth
er ingre
die
nts
2.4
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t re
quired
to
carr
y out
diffe
rent
pre
par
atio
n m
ethods
3
Be
able
to c
ook
basi
c puls
e dis
hes
3.1
M
ake
sure
the
puls
e dis
h h
as t
he
corr
ect
flav
our,
co
lour,
tex
ture
and q
uan
tity
3.2
Cook
the
puls
es a
nd o
ther
ingre
die
nts
to m
eet
dis
h
requirem
ents
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
133
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
4
Under
stan
d h
ow
to c
ook
bas
ic p
uls
e dis
hes
4.1
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t re
quired
to
carr
y out
diffe
rent
cooki
ng m
ethods
4.2
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
arr
y out
diffe
rent
cooki
ng
met
hods
4.3
Sta
te t
he
import
ance
of
usi
ng t
he
corr
ect
tools
, eq
uip
men
t an
d t
echniq
ues
4.4
D
escr
ibe
how
to iden
tify
when
puls
e dis
hes
have
th
e co
rrec
t co
lour,
fla
vour,
tex
ture
and q
uantity
4.5
Sta
te h
ealthy
options
when
maki
ng p
uls
e dis
hes
5
Be
able
to f
inis
h b
asi
c puls
e dis
hes
5.1
Pr
esen
t th
e puls
e dis
h t
o m
eet
requirem
ents
5.2
M
ake
sure
the
puls
e dis
h is
at t
he
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
for
hold
ing a
nd s
ervi
ng
5.3
Saf
ely
store
any
cooke
d p
uls
e dis
hes
not
for
imm
edia
te u
se
6
Under
stan
d h
ow
to f
inis
h
bas
ic p
uls
e dis
hes
6.1
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
s fo
r hold
ing a
nd
serv
ing p
uls
e dis
hes
6.2
D
escr
ibe
how
to s
tore
cooke
d p
uls
e dis
hes
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
134
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
The assessor must assess assessment criteria 1.1–1.4, 3.1, 3.2 and 5.1 by directly observing the learner’s work.
For assessment criterion 5.2, where there is no naturally occurring evidence for both ‘holding’ and ‘serving’, the assessor may assess the learner through questioning or witness testimony for one of them, ie either holding or serving, but must observe the other.
The assessor may assess assessment criterion 5.3 through questioning or witness testimony if no naturally occurring evidence is available.
There must be performance evidence, gathered through observing the learner’s work for:
at least two from pulses
a) beans
b) peas
c) lentils
at least four from preparation and cooking methods
a) soaking and washing
b) boiling
c) braising
d) steaming
e) purée
f) deep frying
g) stewing
h) baking
i) combining with other ingredients.
Evidence for the remaining assessment criteria may be assessed through questioning or witness testimony.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
135
Unit 25: Prepare, Cook and Finish Basic Vegetable Protein Dishes
Unit code: 2FPC7/10
Unit reference number: M/601/5722
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 4
Guided learning hours: 33
Unit summary
This unit is about preparing, cooking and finishing basic vegetable protein dishes. The unit covers various preparation, cooking and finishing methods and vegetable protein dish types.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
136
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1
Be
able
to p
repar
e basi
c ve
get
able
pro
tein
dis
hes
1.1
Chec
k th
e ve
get
able
pro
tein
and o
ther
ingre
die
nts
m
eet
dis
h r
equirem
ents
1.2
Choose
and u
se t
he
corr
ect
tech
niq
ues
, to
ols
and
equip
men
t
1.3
Pr
epare
the
veget
able
pro
tein
and o
ther
ingre
die
nts
to
mee
t dis
h r
equirem
ents
2
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
pre
par
e basi
c ve
get
able
pro
tein
dis
hes
2.1
Sta
te t
he
adva
nta
ges
of usi
ng v
eget
able
pro
tein
for
som
e cu
stom
ers
2.2
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
hec
k th
e ve
get
able
pro
tein
and
oth
er ingre
die
nts
mee
t dis
h r
equirem
ents
2.3
Sta
te w
hat
qual
ity
poin
ts t
o look
for
in d
iffe
rent
veget
able
pro
tein
2.4
D
escr
ibe
what
to d
o if th
ere
are
pro
ble
ms
with
veget
able
pro
tein
or
oth
er ingre
die
nts
2.5
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t re
quired
to
carr
y out
diffe
rent
pre
par
atio
n m
ethods
3
Be
able
to c
ook
basi
c ve
get
able
pro
tein
dis
hes
3.1
M
ake
sure
the
veget
able
pro
tein
dis
h h
as
the
corr
ect
flavo
ur,
colo
ur,
tex
ture
and q
uan
tity
3.2
Cook
the
veget
able
pro
tein
and o
ther
ingre
die
nts
to
mee
t dis
h r
equirem
ents
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
137
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
4
Under
stan
d h
ow
to c
ook
bas
ic v
eget
able
pro
tein
dis
hes
4.1
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t re
quired
to
carr
y out
diffe
rent
cooki
ng m
ethods
4.2
Sta
te t
he
import
ance
of
usi
ng t
he
corr
ect
tools
, eq
uip
men
t an
d t
echniq
ues
4.3
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
arr
y out
diffe
rent
cooki
ng
met
hods
acc
ord
ing t
o d
ish r
equirem
ents
4.4
D
escr
ibe
how
to iden
tify
when
veg
etable
pro
tein
dis
hes
have
the
corr
ect
colo
ur,
fla
vour,
tex
ture
and
quan
tity
4.5
Sta
te h
ealthy
options
when
mak
ing v
eget
able
pro
tein
dis
hes
5
Be
able
to f
inis
h b
asi
c ve
get
able
pro
tein
dis
hes
5.1
Pr
esen
t th
e ve
get
able
pro
tein
dis
h t
o m
eet
requirem
ents
5.2
M
ake
sure
the
veget
able
pro
tein
dis
h is
at
the
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
for
hold
ing a
nd s
ervi
ng
5.3
Saf
ely
store
any
cooke
d v
eget
able
pro
tein
dis
hes
not
for
imm
edia
te u
se
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
138
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
The assessor must assess assessment criteria 1.1–1.3, 3.1, 3.2 and 5.1, by directly observing the learner’s work.
For assessment criterion 5.2, where there is no naturally occurring evidence for both ‘holding’ and ‘serving’, the assessor may assess the learner through questioning or witness testimony for one of them, ie either holding or serving, but must observe the other.
The assessor may assess assessment criterion 5.3 through questioning or witness testimony if no naturally occurring evidence is available.
There must be performance evidence, gathered through observing the learner’s work for:
at least three from vegetable protein
a) soya
b) quorn
c) seitan
d) firm tofu
e) soft tofu
at least six from preparation and cooking methods
a) soaking
b) washing
c) boiling
d) braising
e) steaming
f) deep frying
g) stewing
h) straining
i) roasting
j) baking
k) frying
l) sautéing.
Evidence for the remaining assessment criteria may be assessed through questioning or witness testimony.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
139
Unit 26: Prepare, Cook and Finish Basic Egg Dishes
Unit code: 2FPC8/10
Unit reference number: A/601/5724
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 3
Guided learning hours: 27
Unit summary
This unit is about preparing, cooking and finishing basic egg dishes. The unit covers various preparation, cooking and finishing methods and egg dish types.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
140
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1
Be
able
to p
repar
e basi
c eg
g d
ishes
1.1
Chec
k th
e eg
gs
and o
ther
ingre
die
nts
mee
t dis
h
requirem
ents
1.2
Choose
and u
se t
he
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t
1.3
Pr
epare
the
eggs
and o
ther
ingre
die
nts
to m
eet
dis
h r
equirem
ents
2
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
pre
par
e basi
c eg
g d
ishes
2.1
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
hec
k th
e eg
gs
and o
ther
in
gre
die
nts
mee
t dis
h r
equirem
ents
2.2
D
escr
ibe
what
to d
o if th
ere
are
pro
ble
ms
with e
ggs
or
oth
er ingre
die
nts
2.3
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t re
quired
to
carr
y out
diffe
rent
pre
par
atio
n m
ethods
3
Be
able
to c
ook
basi
c eg
g
dis
hes
3.1
M
ake
sure
the
egg d
ish h
as
the
corr
ect
flavo
ur,
co
lour,
tex
ture
and q
uan
tity
3.2
Cook
the
eggs
and o
ther
ingre
die
nts
to m
eet
dis
h
requirem
ents
4
Under
stan
d h
ow
to c
ook
bas
ic e
gg d
ishes
4.1
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t re
quired
to
carr
y out
diffe
rent
cooki
ng m
ethods
4.2
Sta
te t
he
import
ance
of
usi
ng t
he
corr
ect
tools
, eq
uip
men
t an
d t
echniq
ues
4.3
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
arr
y out
diffe
rent
cooki
ng
met
hods
acc
ord
ing t
o d
ish r
equirem
ents
4.4
D
escr
ibe
how
to iden
tify
when
egg d
ishes
hav
e th
e co
rrec
t co
lour,
fla
vour,
tex
ture
and q
uan
tity
4.5
Sta
te h
ealthy
options
when
mak
ing e
gg d
ishes
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
141
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
5
Be
able
to f
inis
h b
asi
c eg
g
dis
hes
5.1
Pr
esen
t th
e eg
g d
ish t
o m
eet
requirem
ents
5.2
M
ake
sure
the
egg d
ish is
at
the
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
for
hold
ing a
nd s
ervi
ng
5.3
Saf
ely
store
any
cooke
d e
gg d
ishes
not
for
imm
edia
te u
se
6
Under
stan
d h
ow
to f
inis
h
bas
ic e
gg d
ishes
6.1
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
s fo
r hold
ing a
nd
serv
ing e
gg d
ishes
6.2
D
escr
ibe
how
to fin
ish e
gg d
ishes
6.3
D
escr
ibe
how
to s
tore
cooke
d e
gg d
ishes
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
142
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
The assessor must assess assessment criteria 1.1–1.3, 3.1, 3.2 and 5.1 by directly observing the learner’s work.
For assessment criterion 5.2, where there is no naturally occurring evidence for both ‘holding’ and ‘serving’, the assessor may assess the learner through questioning or witness testimony for one of them, ie either holding or serving, but must observe the other.
The assessor may assess assessment criterion 5.3 through questioning or witness testimony if no naturally occurring evidence is available.
There must be performance evidence, gathered through observing the learner’s work for:
at least five from preparation and cooking methods
a) boiling
b) whisking
c) frying
d) griddling
e) poaching
f) baking
g) scrambling
h) bain marie.
Learners must demonstrate through performance that they can make:
omelette
poached egg.
Evidence for the remaining assessment criteria may be assessed through questioning or witness testimony.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
143
Unit 27: Prepare, Cook and Finish Basic Bread and Dough Products
Unit code: 2FPC9/10
Unit reference number: J/601/5774
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 39
Unit summary
This unit is about preparing, cooking and finishing basic bread and dough products. The unit covers various preparation, cooking and finishing methods and bread and dough products.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
144
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1
Be
able
to p
repar
e basi
c bre
ad a
nd d
ough p
roduct
s 1.1
Chec
k th
e in
gre
die
nts
mee
t dis
h r
equirem
ents
1.2
Choose
and u
se t
he
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t
1.3
Pr
epare
the
ingre
die
nts
to m
eet
dis
h r
equirem
ents
2
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
pre
par
e basi
c bre
ad a
nd
dough p
roduct
s
2.1
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
hec
k th
e in
gre
die
nts
mee
t dis
h
requirem
ents
2.2
Sta
te q
ual
ity
poin
ts o
f in
gre
die
nts
for
bre
ad a
nd
dough p
roduct
s
2.3
D
escr
ibe
what
to d
o if th
ere
are
pro
ble
ms
with
ingre
die
nts
2.4
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t re
quired
to
carr
y out
diffe
rent
pre
par
atio
n m
ethods
3
Be
able
to c
ook
basi
c bre
ad a
nd d
ough p
roduct
s 3.1
M
ake
sure
the
bre
ad a
nd d
ough p
roduct
has
the
corr
ect
flavo
ur,
colo
ur,
tex
ture
and q
uan
tity
3.2
Cook
the
ingre
die
nts
to m
eet
dis
h r
equirem
ents
4
Under
stan
d h
ow
to c
ook
bas
ic b
read a
nd d
ough
pro
duct
s
4.1
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t re
quired
to
carr
y out
diffe
rent
cooki
ng m
ethods
4.2
Sta
te t
he
import
ance
of
usi
ng t
he
corr
ect
tools
, eq
uip
men
t an
d t
echniq
ues
4.3
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
arr
y out
diffe
rent
cooki
ng
met
hods
acc
ord
ing t
o d
ish r
equirem
ents
4.4
D
escr
ibe
how
to iden
tify
when
bre
ad a
nd d
ough
pro
duct
s hav
e th
e co
rrec
t co
lour,
fla
vour,
tex
ture
an
d fin
ish
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
145
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
4.5
Sta
te h
ealthy
options
when
mak
ing b
read
and
dough p
roduct
s
5
Be
able
to f
inis
h b
asi
c bre
ad a
nd d
ough p
roduct
s 5.1
Pr
esen
t th
e bre
ad a
nd d
ough p
roduct
to m
eet
requirem
ents
5.2
M
ake
sure
the
bre
ad a
nd d
ough p
roduct
is
at t
he
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
for
hold
ing a
nd s
ervi
ng
5.3
Saf
ely
store
any
cooke
d b
read
and d
ough p
roduct
not
for
imm
edia
te u
se
6
Under
stan
d h
ow
to f
inis
h
bas
ic b
read a
nd d
ough
pro
duct
s
6.1
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
arr
y out
diffe
rent
finis
hin
g
met
hods
6.2
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
s an
d c
onditio
ns
for
hold
ing a
nd s
ervi
ng b
read
and d
ough p
roduct
s
6.3
D
escr
ibe
how
to s
tore
bre
ad a
nd d
ough p
roduct
s
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
146
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
The assessor must assess assessment criteria 1.1–1.3, 3.1, 3.2 and 5.1 by directly observing the learner’s work.
For assessment criterion 5.2 where there is no naturally occurring evidence for both ‘holding’ and ‘serving’, the assessor may assess the learner through questioning or witness testimony for one of them, ie either holding or serving, but must observe the other.
The assessor may assess assessment criterion 5.3 through questioning or witness testimony if no naturally occurring evidence is available.
There must be performance evidence, gathered through observing the learner’s work for:
at least two from bread and dough products
a) enriched dough
b) soda bread dough
c) bread dough
d) naan dough/pitta dough
e) pizza dough
at least seven from preparation and cooking methods
a) weighing/measuring
b) sieving
c) mixing/kneading
d) proving
e) knocking back
f) shaping
g) baking
h) frying
at least one from finishing methods
a) glazing
b) icing
c) filling
d) decorating.
Evidence for the remaining assessment criteria may be assessed through questioning or witness testimony.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
147
Unit 28: Prepare, Cook and Finish Basic Pastry Products
Unit code: 2FPC10/10
Unit reference number: R/601/5325
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 43
Unit summary
This unit is about preparing, cooking and finishing basic pastry products.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
148
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1
Be
able
to p
repar
e basi
c pas
try
pro
duct
s 1.1
Chec
k th
e in
gre
die
nts
mee
t dis
h r
equirem
ents
1.2
Chec
k th
e in
gre
die
nts
mee
t qual
ity
stan
dar
ds
1.3
Choose
and u
se t
he
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t
1.4
Pr
epare
the
ingre
die
nts
to m
eet
dis
h r
equirem
ents
2
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
pre
par
e basi
c past
ry
pro
duct
s
2.1
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
hec
k th
e in
gre
die
nts
mee
t dis
h
requirem
ents
2.2
D
escr
ibe
what
to d
o if th
ere
are
pro
ble
ms
with t
he
ingre
die
nts
2.3
Sta
te w
hy
it is
import
ant
to follo
w a
rec
ipe
corr
ectly
when
pre
par
ing p
astr
y pro
duct
s
2.4
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t re
quired
to
carr
y out
diffe
rent
pre
par
atio
n m
ethods
2.5
D
escr
ibe
how
to s
tore
pas
try
pro
duct
s aft
er
pre
par
ation
2.6
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
arr
y out
diffe
rent
pre
par
atio
n
met
hods
acc
ord
ing t
o p
roduct
req
uirem
ents
3
Be
able
to c
ook
basi
c pas
try
pro
duct
s 3.1
M
ake
sure
the
past
ry h
as t
he
corr
ect
flav
our,
co
lour,
tex
ture
and fin
ish
3.2
Cook
ingre
die
nts
to m
eet
dis
h r
equirem
ents
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
149
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
4
Under
stan
d h
ow
to c
ook
bas
ic p
ast
ry p
roduct
s 4.1
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t to
car
ry o
ut
diffe
rent
cooki
ng m
ethods
4.2
Sta
te t
he
import
ance
of
usi
ng t
he
corr
ect
tools
, eq
uip
men
t an
d t
echniq
ues
4.3
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
arr
y out
diffe
rent
cooki
ng
met
hods
acc
ord
ing t
o p
roduct
req
uirem
ents
4.4
D
escr
ibe
how
to iden
tify
when
pas
try
pro
duct
s have
th
e co
rrec
t co
lour,
fla
vour,
tex
ture
and fin
ish
4.5
Sta
te h
ealthy
options
when
mak
ing p
ast
ry p
roduct
s
5
Be
able
to f
inis
h b
asi
c pas
try
pro
duct
s 5.1
M
ake
sure
the
past
ry is
at
the
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
fo
r hold
ing a
nd s
ervi
ng
5.2
Saf
ely
store
any
cooke
d p
ast
ry n
ot
for
imm
edia
te
use
5.3
D
escr
ibe
how
to s
tore
pas
try
pro
duct
s aft
er c
ooki
ng
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
150
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
The assessor must assess assessment criteria 1.1–1.4, 3.1, 3.2 and 5.3 by directly observing the learner’s work.
For assessment criterion 5.1, where there is no naturally occurring evidence for both ‘holding’ and ‘serving’, the assessor may assess the learner through questioning or witness testimony for one of them, ie either holding or serving, but must observe the other.
The assessor may assess assessment criterion 5.2 through questioning or witness testimony if no naturally occurring evidence is available.
There must be performance evidence, gathered through observing the learner’s work for:
at least three from pastry
a) short
b) sweet
c) suet
d) choux
e) puff
f) convenience
at least six from preparation methods
a) weighing/measuring
b) sifting
c) rubbing in
d) creaming
e) resting
f) piping
g) rolling
h) laminating/folding
i) cutting/shaping/trimming
j) lining
at least one from cooking methods
a) baking
b) steaming
c) combining cooking methods.
Evidence for the remaining assessment criteria may be assessed through questioning or witness testimony.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
151
Unit 29: Prepare, Cook and Finish Basic Cakes, Sponges, Biscuits and Scones
Unit code: 2FPC11/10
Unit reference number: L/601/5355
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 5
Guided learning hours: 39
Unit summary
This unit is about preparing, cooking and finishing basic cakes, sponges and scones.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
152
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1
Be
able
to p
repar
e basi
c ca
kes,
bis
cuits
and s
cones
1.1
Chec
k th
e in
gre
die
nts
mee
t dis
h r
equirem
ents
1.2
Choose
and u
se t
he
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t
1.3
Pr
epare
the
ingre
die
nts
to m
eet
dis
h r
equirem
ents
2
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
pre
par
e basi
c ca
kes,
bis
cuits
and s
cones
2.1
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
hec
k th
e in
gre
die
nts
mee
t dis
h
requirem
ents
2.2
Sta
te w
hat
qual
ity
poin
ts t
o look
for
in t
he
ingre
die
nts
2.3
D
escr
ibe
what
to d
o if th
ere
are
pro
ble
ms
with t
he
ingre
die
nts
2.4
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t re
quired
to
carr
y out
diffe
rent
pre
par
atio
n m
ethods
2.5
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
arr
y out
the
nec
essa
ry
pre
par
ation m
ethods
acco
rdin
g t
o p
roduct
re
quirem
ents
3
Be
able
to c
ook
basi
c ca
kes,
bis
cuits
and s
cones
3.1
Cook
the
pro
duct
to m
eet
requirem
ents
3.2
M
ake
sure
the
pro
duct
has
the
corr
ect
flav
our,
co
lour,
tex
ture
and q
uan
tity
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
153
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
4
Under
stan
d h
ow
to c
ook
bas
ic c
akes
, bis
cuits
and
scones
4.1
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t re
quired
to
carr
y out
diffe
rent
cooki
ng m
ethods
4.2
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
arr
y out
the
nec
essa
ry c
ooki
ng
met
hods
acc
ord
ing t
o p
roduct
req
uirem
ents
4.3
Sta
te t
he
import
ance
of
usi
ng t
he
corr
ect
tools
, eq
uip
men
t an
d t
echniq
ues
4.4
D
escr
ibe
how
to iden
tify
when
cak
es,
sponges
, bis
cuits
and s
cones
pro
duct
s have
the
corr
ect
colo
ur,
fla
vour,
tex
ture
and q
uantity
4.5
D
escr
ibe
hea
lthy
eating o
ptions
when
mak
ing
cake
s, s
ponges
, bis
cuits
and s
cones
5
Be
able
to f
inis
h b
asi
c ca
kes,
bis
cuits
and s
cones
5.1
Fi
nis
h t
he
pro
duct
to m
eet
requirem
ents
5.2
Pre
sent
the
pro
duct
to m
eet
requirem
ents
5.3
M
ake
sure
the
pro
duct
is
at t
he
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
fo
r hold
ing a
nd s
ervi
ng
5.4
Saf
ely
store
any
cooke
d p
roduct
s not
for
imm
edia
te
use
6
Under
stan
d h
ow
to f
inis
h
bas
ic c
akes
, bis
cuits
and
scones
6.1
D
escr
ibe
how
to p
rese
nt
basi
c ca
ke,
sponges
, bis
cuits
and s
cones
6.2
Sta
te h
ow
to s
tore
cake
, sp
onges
, bis
cuits
and
scones
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
154
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
155
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
The assessor must assess assessment criteria 1.1–1.3, 3.1, 3.2, 5.1 and 5.2 by directly observing the learner’s work.
For assessment criterion 5.3, where there is no naturally occurring evidence for both ‘holding’ and ‘serving’, the assessor may assess the learner through questioning or witness testimony for one of them, ie either holding or serving, but must observe the other.
The assessor may assess assessment criterion 5.4 through questioning or witness testimony if no naturally occurring evidence is available.
There must be performance evidence, gathered through observing the learner’s work for:
at least twelve from preparation and cooking methods
a) using ready mix
b) weighing/measuring
c) creaming/beating
d) whisking
e) folding
f) rubbing in
g) greasing
h) glazing
i) portioning
j) piping
k) shaping
l) baking
m) filling
n) rolling
o) lining
p) trimming/icing
q) spreading/smoothing
r) kneading
s) dusting/dredging/sprinkling
t) mixing.
Learners must demonstrate through performance that they can make three of the following:
cakes and sponges (eg fruit cake, rock cakes, Victoria sandwich, Swiss roll)
scones
biscuits (eg shortbread and sponge biscuits).
Evidence for the remaining assessment criteria may be assessed through questioning or witness testimony.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
156
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
157
Unit 30: Prepare, Cook and Finish Basic Grain Dishes
Unit code: 2FPC12/10
Unit reference number: D/601/5358
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 4
Guided learning hours: 30
Unit summary
This unit is about preparing, cooking and finishing basic grain dishes.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
158
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1
Be
able
to p
repar
e basi
c gra
in d
ishes
1.1
Chec
k th
e gra
in a
nd o
ther
ingre
die
nts
mee
t dis
h
requirem
ents
1.2
Choose
and u
se t
he
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t
1.3
Pr
epare
the
gra
in a
nd o
ther
ingre
die
nts
to m
eet
dis
h r
equirem
ents
2
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
pre
par
e basi
c gra
in d
ishes
2.1
Sta
te o
ther
foods
for
whic
h g
rain
s ca
n b
e use
d a
s a
subst
itute
2.2
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
hec
k th
at
gra
in a
nd o
ther
in
gre
die
nts
mee
t dis
h r
equirem
ents
2.3
D
escr
ibe
what
to d
o if th
ere
are
pro
ble
ms
with
gra
in o
r oth
er ingre
die
nts
2.4
Sta
te w
hat
qual
ity
poin
ts t
o look
for
in d
iffe
rent
types
of
gra
in
2.5
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t re
quired
to
carr
y out
diffe
rent
pre
par
atio
n m
ethods
3
Be
able
to c
ook
basi
c gra
in d
ishes
3.1
M
ake
sure
the
gra
in d
ish h
as
the
corr
ect
flavo
ur,
co
lour,
tex
ture
and q
uan
tity
3.2
Cook
the
gra
in a
nd o
ther
ingre
die
nts
to m
eet
dis
h
requirem
ents
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
159
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
4
Under
stan
d h
ow
to c
ook
bas
ic g
rain
dis
hes
4.1
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t re
quired
to
carr
y out
diffe
rent
cooki
ng m
ethods
4.2
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
arr
y out
diffe
rent
cooki
ng
met
hods
acc
ord
ing t
o d
ish r
equirem
ents
4.2
Sta
te t
he
import
ance
of
usi
ng t
he
corr
ect
tools
, eq
uip
men
t an
d t
echniq
ues
4.3
D
escr
ibe
how
to iden
tify
when
gra
in d
ishes
have
th
e co
rrec
t co
lour,
fla
vour,
tex
ture
and q
uantity
4.4
Sta
te h
ealthy
options
when
mak
ing g
rain
dis
hes
5
Be
able
to f
inis
h b
asi
c gra
in d
ishes
5.1
Str
ain a
nd m
ould
the
gra
in a
s re
quired
5.2
Fi
nis
h a
nd p
rese
nt
the
gra
in d
ish t
o m
eet
requirem
ents
5.3
M
ake
sure
the
gra
in is
at t
he
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
fo
r hold
ing a
nd s
ervi
ng
5.4
Saf
ely
store
any
cooke
d g
rain
dis
hes
not
for
imm
edia
te u
se
6
Under
stan
d h
ow
to f
inis
h
bas
ic g
rain
dis
hes
6.1
D
escr
ibe
how
to fin
ish g
rain
dis
hes
acc
ord
ing t
o
dis
h r
equirem
ents
6.2
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
s fo
r hold
ing a
nd
serv
ing g
rain
dis
hes
6.3
Sta
te h
ow
to s
tore
cooke
d g
rain
dis
hes
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
160
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
161
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
The assessor must assess assessment criteria 1.1–1.3, 3.1, 3.2, 5.1 and 5.2 by directly observing the learner’s work.
For assessment criterion 5.3, where there is no naturally occurring evidence for both ‘holding’ and ‘serving’, the assessor may assess the learner through questioning or witness testimony for one of them, ie either holding or serving, but must observe the other.
The assessor may assess assessment criterion 5.4 through questioning or witness testimony if no naturally occurring evidence is available.
There must be performance evidence, gathered through observing the learner’s work for:
at least four from grain
a) barley (pearl and pot)
b) buckwheat
c) corn/maize (polenta)
d) oats
e) millet
f) wheat (bulgar, semolina, couscous)
g) quinoa
at least three from preparation and cooking methods
a) soaking
b) boiling
c) leaving covered
d) baking.
Evidence for the remaining assessment criteria may be assessed through questioning or witness testimony.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
162
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
163
Unit 31: Prepare, Cook and Finish Basic Cold and Hot Desserts
Unit code: 2FPC14/10
Unit reference number: D/601/5361
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 4
Guided learning hours: 36
Unit summary
This unit is about cooking and finishing basic hot and cold desserts.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
164
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1
Be
able
to p
repar
e basi
c hot
and c
old
des
sert
s 1.1
Chec
k th
e in
gre
die
nts
mee
t dis
h r
equirem
ents
1.2
Chec
k in
gre
die
nts
to m
ake
sure
they
mee
t qual
ity
requirem
ents
1.3
Choose
and u
se t
he
corr
ect
tech
niq
ues
, to
ols
and
equip
men
t
1.4
Pr
epare
ingre
die
nts
usi
ng t
he
corr
ect
pre
par
atio
n
met
hods
2
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
pre
par
e basi
c hot
and c
old
des
sert
s
2.1
Sta
te h
ow
to s
tore
raw
ingre
die
nts
prior
to
pre
par
ation a
nd c
ooki
ng
2.2
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
hec
k in
gre
die
nts
mee
t re
quirem
ents
2.3
D
escr
ibe
what
to d
o if th
ere
any
pro
ble
ms
with t
he
ingre
die
nts
2.4
Sta
te w
hy
tim
e an
d t
emper
atu
re a
re im
port
ant
when
pre
par
ing b
asic
cold
and h
ot
des
sert
s
2.5
Sta
te w
hat
qual
ity
poin
ts t
o look
for
in b
asic
cold
an
d h
ot
des
sert
s
2.6
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tools
req
uired
to c
arry
out
diffe
rent
pre
par
atio
n m
ethods
2.7
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
arr
y out
diffe
rent
pre
par
atio
n
met
hods
for
basi
c co
ld a
nd h
ot
des
sert
s
2.8
Sta
te w
hat
typ
es o
f pro
ble
ms
can o
ccur
when
pre
par
ing c
old
and h
ot
des
sert
s an
d h
ow
to c
orr
ect
them
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
165
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
3
Be
able
to c
ook
basi
c hot
and c
old
des
sert
s 3.1
Cook
ingre
die
nts
usi
ng t
he
corr
ect
cooki
ng m
ethods
3.2
M
ake
sure
the
des
sert
has
the
corr
ect
colo
ur,
flav
our,
tex
ture
and f
inis
h
4
Under
stan
d h
ow
to c
ook
bas
ic h
ot
and c
old
des
sert
s
4.1
Sta
te w
hy
tim
e an
d t
emper
atu
re a
re im
port
ant
when
cooki
ng b
asi
c co
ld a
nd h
ot
des
sert
s
4.2
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t re
quired
to
carr
y out
diffe
rent
cooki
ng m
ethods
4.3
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
arr
y out
diffe
rent
cooki
ng
met
hods
for
basi
c co
ld a
nd h
ot
des
sert
s
4.4
Sta
te t
he
import
ance
of
usi
ng t
he
corr
ect
tools
, eq
uip
men
t an
d t
echniq
ues
4.5
Sta
te w
hat
types
of
pro
ble
ms
can o
ccur
when
co
oki
ng c
old
and h
ot
des
sert
s and h
ow
to c
orr
ect
them
4.6
D
escr
ibe
how
to iden
tify
when
cold
and h
ot
des
sert
s hav
e th
e co
rrec
t co
lour,
tex
ture
, finis
h a
nd
quan
tity
4.7
Sta
te h
ealthy
eating o
ptions
when
maki
ng c
old
and
hot
des
sert
s
5
Be
able
to f
inis
h b
asi
c hot
and c
old
des
sert
s 5.1
Fi
nis
h t
he
des
sert
to m
eet
requirem
ents
5.2
M
ake
sure
the
des
sert
is
at t
he
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
fo
r hold
ing a
nd s
ervi
ng
5.3
Saf
ely
store
any
pre
par
ed d
esse
rts
not
for
imm
edia
te u
se
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
166
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
6
Under
stan
d h
ow
to f
inis
h
bas
ic h
ot
and c
old
des
sert
s
6.1
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
arr
y out
diffe
rent
finis
hin
g
met
hods
6.2
Sta
te t
he
import
ance
of
storing h
ot
and c
old
des
sert
s at
the
corr
ect
tem
per
ature
6.3
Sta
te h
ow
to s
tore
pre
par
ed c
old
and h
ot
des
sert
s
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
167
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
The assessor must assess assessment criteria 1.1–1.4, 3.1, 3.2 and 5.1 by directly observing the learner’s work.
For assessment criterion 5.2, where there is no naturally occurring evidence for both ‘holding’ and ‘serving’, the assessor may assess the learner through questioning or witness testimony for one of them, ie either holding or serving, but must observe the other.
The assessor may assess assessment criterion 5.3 through questioning or witness testimony if no naturally occurring evidence is available.
There must be performance evidence, gathered through observing the learner’s work for:
at least three from dessert
a) ice cream
b) mousse
c) egg based
d) batter based
e) sponge based
f) fruit based
g) pastry based
at least five from preparation methods
a) slicing
b) creaming
c) folding
d) moulding
e) mixing
f) aeration
g) addition of flavours/colours
h) puréeing
i) combining
j) portioning
k) chilling
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
168
at least two from cooking methods
a) boiling/poaching
b) stewing
c) baking
d) combination cooking
e) steaming
f) bain marie
g) frying
at least one from finishing methods
a) filling
b) glazing
c) piping
d) garnishing.
Evidence for the remaining assessment criteria may be assessed through questioning or witness testimony.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
169
Unit 32: Prepare and Present Food for Cold Presentation
Unit code: 2FPC15/10
Unit reference number: M/601/5364
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 4
Guided learning hours: 35
Unit summary
This unit is about preparing and presenting cold products such as salads, bread products, pies, pâtés and cured meats. It also covers the holding of such foods to maintain effective food safety.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
170
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1
Be
able
to p
repar
e an
d
pre
sent
food for
cold
pre
senta
tion
1.1
Chec
k th
e fo
od a
nd g
arnis
h ingre
die
nts
mee
t re
quirem
ents
1.2
Choose
and u
se t
ools
and e
quip
men
t co
rrec
tly
1.3
Pre
pare
food p
roduct
s usi
ng t
he
corr
ect
pre
par
atio
n
met
hods
1.4
M
ake
sure
the
food p
roduct
s have
the
corr
ect
flav
our,
colo
ur,
tex
ture
and q
uantity
1.5
G
arnis
h a
nd p
rese
nt
the
food p
roduct
s to
mee
t re
quirem
ents
1.6
Saf
ely
store
any
pre
par
ed f
ood p
roduct
s not
for
imm
edia
te c
onsu
mption
2
Under
stan
d h
ow
to
pre
par
e an
d p
rese
nt
food
for
cold
pre
senta
tion
2.1
D
escr
ibe
how
to c
hec
k th
at
the
food p
roduct
s an
d
gar
nis
h ingre
die
nts
mee
t re
quirem
ents
2.2
Sta
te w
hat
qual
ity
poin
ts t
o look
for
in p
rese
nta
tion
of
cooke
d,
cure
d a
nd p
repar
ed f
oods
2.3
D
escr
ibe
what
to d
o if th
ere
are
any
pro
ble
ms
with
the
food p
roduct
s or
gar
nis
h ingre
die
nts
2.4
Sta
te t
he
corr
ect
tools
and e
quip
men
t re
quired
to
carr
y out
diffe
rent
pre
par
atio
n m
ethods
2.5
Sta
te t
he
import
ance
of
usi
ng t
he
corr
ect
tools
, eq
uip
men
t an
d t
echniq
ues
2.6
D
escr
ibe
how
to p
repar
e th
e fo
od p
roduct
s an
d
gar
nis
h ingre
die
nts
for
cold
pre
senta
tion
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
171
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
2.7
D
escr
ibe
how
to p
roduce
bas
ic v
inai
gre
tte
and c
old
sa
uce
s
2.8
D
escr
ibe
how
to iden
tify
when
food p
roduct
s hav
e th
e co
rrec
t co
lour,
fla
vour,
tex
ture
and q
uantity
2.9
Sta
te t
he
import
ance
of tim
e an
d t
emper
ature
w
hen
pre
par
ing c
ooke
d,
cure
d a
nd p
repar
ed food
for
pre
senta
tion
2.1
0
Sta
te w
hy
cooke
d,
cure
d a
nd p
repar
ed foods
should
be
store
d a
t th
e re
quired
tem
per
ature
bef
ore
pre
senta
tion
2.1
1
Sta
te h
ealthy
eating o
ptions
when
pre
par
ing a
nd
pre
senting food f
or
cold
pre
senta
tion
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
172
Assessment requirements/evidence requirements
The assessor must assess assessment criteria 1.1–1.5 by directly observing the learner’s work.
The assessor may assess assessment criterion 1.6 through questioning or witness testimony if no naturally occurring evidence is available.
There must be performance evidence, gathered through observing the learner’s work for:
at least six from food products
a) bread products
b) salads
c) pre-prepared pies
d) cooked red/white meat
e) fish
f) pre-prepared terrines
g) pre-prepared pâtés
h) cured meats
i) shellfish
j) vinaigrette
k) cold sauces
at least two from garnish ingredients
a) fruit
b) vegetables
c) herbs
at least four from preparation methods
a) slicing
b) dressing
c) garnishing
d) portioning
e) whisking
f) combining ingredients.
Evidence for the remaining assessment criteria may be assessed through questioning or witness testimony.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
173
Unit 33: Employment Rights and Responsibilities in the Hospitality, Leisure, Travel and Tourism Sector
Unit code: PERR/10
Unit reference number: T/601/7214
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 2
Guided learning hours: 16
Unit summary
Successful assessment of the unit proves that the learner has achieved the National Occupational Standards to understand employment rights and responsibilities.
Assessment methodology
This unit is assessed in the workplace or in conditions resembling the workplace. Learners can enter the types of evidence they are presenting for assessment and the submission date against each assessment criterion. Alternatively, centre documentation should be used to record this information.
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
174
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1
Know
em
plo
yer
and
emplo
yee
rights
, re
sponsi
bili
ties
and o
wn
org
anis
atio
nal
pro
cedure
s
1.1
Sta
te e
mplo
yer
and e
mplo
yee
rights
and
resp
onsi
bili
ties
under
em
plo
ymen
t la
w,
incl
udin
g
Dis
abili
ty D
iscr
imin
ation A
ct,
hea
lth a
nd s
afet
y an
d
oth
er r
elev
ant
legis
lation
1.2
Sta
te im
port
ance
of
havi
ng e
mplo
ymen
t rights
and
resp
onsi
bili
ties
1.3
D
escr
ibe
org
anis
ational
pro
cedure
s fo
r hea
lth a
nd
safe
ty,
incl
udin
g d
ocu
men
tation
1.4
D
escr
ibe
org
anis
ational
pro
cedure
s fo
r eq
ual
ity
and
div
ersi
ty,
incl
udin
g d
ocu
men
tation
1.5
Id
entify
sourc
es o
f in
form
ation a
nd a
dvi
ce o
n
emplo
ymen
t rights
and r
esponsi
bili
ties
, in
cludin
g
Acc
ess
to W
ork
and A
dditio
nal
Lea
rnin
g S
upport
2
Know
fact
ors
that
affec
t ow
n o
rgan
isat
ion a
nd
occ
upat
ion
2.1
D
escr
ibe
the
role
pla
yed b
y ow
n o
ccupat
ion w
ithin
org
anis
atio
n a
nd indust
ry
2.2
D
escr
ibe
care
er p
athw
ays
availa
ble
to t
hem
2.3
Sta
te t
ypes
of re
pre
senta
tive
body
rela
ted t
o t
he
indust
ry,
thei
r m
ain r
ole
s an
d r
esponsi
bili
ties
and
thei
r re
leva
nce
to t
he
indust
ry
2.4
Id
entify
sourc
es o
f in
form
ation a
nd a
dvi
ce o
n o
wn
indust
ry,
occ
upation,
trai
nin
g a
nd c
are
er
2.5
D
escr
ibe
princi
ple
s, p
olic
ies
and c
odes
of
pra
ctic
e use
d b
y ow
n o
rgan
isat
ion a
nd indust
ry
2.6
D
escr
ibe
issu
es o
f public
conce
rn t
hat
aff
ect
ow
n
org
anis
atio
n a
nd indust
ry
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
175
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
176
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
177
Unit 34: Practical Skills for a Craft Chef
Unit reference number: A/504/3433
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 1
Guided learning hours: 8
Unit summary
Successful completion of this unit will demonstrate that the learner has acquired job-ready practical skills that a chef working under supervision in a craft-led professional kitchen requires.
Assessment methodology
Assessments can take place in a professional kitchen or in Realistic Working environments (RWE) in line with People 1st Assessment Strategy.
Assessment for this unit will require learners to demonstrate their commitment to work with food and cooking in a professional kitchen. The assessor must:
have current or previous experience as a senior, professional chef;
have had no involvement in the learner's training programme;
have had no known contact with the learner prior to the assessment;
and
operate independently of the learning provider.
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
178
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
In o
rder
to p
ass
this
unit,
the
evid
ence
that
the
learn
er p
rese
nts
for
asse
ssm
ent
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es for
the
unit.
The
ass
essm
ent
criter
ia d
eter
min
e th
e st
andar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
On
co
mp
leti
on
of
this
un
it a
learn
er
sho
uld
:
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1.1
Li
st ingre
die
nts
and q
uan
tities
for
giv
en d
ishes
1.2
Pr
oduce
a t
ime
sched
ule
for
pre
par
ing,
cooki
ng
and p
rese
nting g
iven
dis
hes
with s
et t
imel
ines
, under
super
visi
on
1
Be
able
to p
lan f
or
the
pre
par
ation,
cooki
ng a
nd
pre
senta
tion o
f giv
en
dis
hes
in a
pro
fess
ional
ki
tchen
, under
super
visi
on
1.3
Li
st p
ote
ntial
ris
ks t
hat
may
occ
ur
when
im
ple
men
ting t
he
pla
n
2.1
Fo
llow
ow
n p
lan w
hen
pre
paring,
cooki
ng a
nd
pre
senting g
iven
dis
hes
in a
pro
fess
ional ki
tchen
, under
super
visi
on
2.2
M
ake
dis
hes
that
dem
onst
rate
cooki
ng s
kills
re
quired
of
the
reci
pes
2.3
Pr
esen
t dis
hes
appro
priat
ely
for
the
type
of dis
h o
r cu
isin
e
2
Be
able
to u
se p
lan t
o
pre
par
e, c
ook
and p
rese
nt
giv
en d
ishes
when
w
ork
ing u
nder
super
visi
on
in a
pro
fess
ional ki
tchen
2.4
Pr
oduce
fin
ished
dis
hes
with t
he
expec
ted
appea
rance
, co
lours
, flavo
urs
and t
extu
res
acco
rdin
g t
o t
he
giv
en r
ecip
es
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
179
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
3.1
D
emonst
rate
per
sonal pre
par
atio
n s
kills
for
work
ing in a
pro
fess
ional
kitch
en
3.2
Fo
llow
basi
c fo
od h
ygie
ne
pro
cedure
s w
hen
:
pre
par
ing f
ood;
co
oki
ng food
3
Be
able
to w
ork
safe
ly a
nd
follo
w b
asi
c fo
od h
ygie
ne
pro
cedure
s in
a
pro
fess
ional
kitch
en w
hen
w
ork
ing u
nder
super
visi
on
3.3
Fo
llow
basi
c hea
lth a
nd s
afe
ty s
tandar
ds
thro
ughout
the
pro
duct
ion o
f giv
en d
ishes
4.1
M
anag
e tim
e ap
pro
priat
ely
thro
ughout
the
pre
par
ation,
pro
duct
ion a
nd p
rese
nta
tion
pro
cess
es,
under
super
visi
on
4.2
D
emonst
rate
pro
ble
m s
olv
ing a
bili
ties
thro
ughout
the
pre
par
atio
n,
pro
duct
ion a
nd p
rese
nta
tion
pro
cess
es
4
Be
able
to d
emonst
rate
w
ork
ski
lls r
equired
of a
chef
for
work
ing u
nder
su
per
visi
on in a
pro
fess
ional
kitch
en
4.3
Fo
llow
inst
ruct
ions
from
super
viso
r an
d t
eam
m
ember
s w
hen
work
ing in a
pro
fess
ional
kitch
en
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
180
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
181
Unit 35: Preparing for Career Progression as a Craft Chef
Unit reference number: M/504/3431
QCF level: 2
Credit value: 1
Guided learning hours: 8
Unit Summary
This unit gives learners the opportunity to assess their strengths and interests in order to develop their career as a craft chef, and to demonstrate their aptitude and ability for working under supervision in a professional kitchen.
Assessment Methodology
Assessments can take place in a professional kitchen or in Realistic Working environments (RWE) in line with People 1st Assessment Strategy.
Assessment for this unit will require learners to demonstrate their commitment to work with food and cooking in a professional kitchen. The assessor must:
have current or previous experience as a senior, professional chef;
have had no involvement in the learner's training programme;
have had no known contact with the learner prior to the assessment;
and
operate independently of the learning provider.
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
182
Lear
nin
g ou
tcom
es a
nd a
sses
smen
t cr
iter
ia
In o
rder
to p
ass
this
unit,
the
evid
ence
that
the
learn
er p
rese
nts
for
asse
ssm
ent
nee
ds
to d
emonst
rate
that
they
can
mee
t al
l th
e le
arnin
g o
utc
om
es for
the
unit.
The
ass
essm
ent
criter
ia d
eter
min
e th
e st
andar
d r
equired
to a
chie
ve t
he
unit.
On
co
mp
leti
on
of
this
un
it a
learn
er
sho
uld
:
Learn
ing
ou
tco
mes
Ass
ess
men
t cr
iteri
a
Evid
en
ce
typ
e
Po
rtfo
lio
re
fere
nce
D
ate
1
Be
able
to a
sses
s ow
n
abili
ties
for
care
er
pro
gre
ssio
n a
s a
chef
w
ork
ing u
nder
super
visi
on
in a
pro
fess
ional ki
tchen
1.1
Id
entify
ow
n s
tren
gth
s fo
r w
ork
ing a
s a
chef
under
su
per
visi
on in a
pro
fess
ional
kitch
en
1.2
D
escr
ibe
aim
s fo
r dev
elopin
g o
wn c
aree
r as
a c
hef
w
ork
ing u
nder
super
visi
on in a
pro
fess
ional
kitch
en
2
Be
able
to d
emonst
rate
ow
n s
uitab
ility
for
work
ing
as a
chef
under
su
per
visi
on in a
pro
fess
ional
kitch
en
2.1
D
emonst
rate
com
mitm
ent
to r
ole
as
a c
hef
w
ork
ing u
nder
super
visi
on in a
pro
fess
ional
kitch
en
2.2
D
emonst
rate
under
stan
din
g o
f w
ork
eth
ic a
nd
skill
s re
quired
for
chef
s w
ork
ing u
nder
super
visi
on
in a
pro
fess
ional
kitch
en,
nam
ely:
ve
rbal co
mm
unic
atio
n s
kills
cu
stom
er c
are
w
ork
ing t
o d
eadlin
es
punct
ual
ity
te
amw
ork
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
183
Lear
ner
nam
e:__________________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Lear
ner
sig
nat
ure
:_______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Ass
esso
r si
gnat
ure
:______________________________________
D
ate:
___________________________
Inte
rnal
ver
ifie
r si
gnatu
re:
________________________________
(i
f sa
mple
d)
Dat
e:___________________________
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
184
Further information
Our customer service number is 0844 463 2535.
Calls may be recorded for training purposes.
Useful publications
Related information and publications include:
Centre Handbook for Edexcel QCF NVQs and Competence-based Qualifications published annually
Functional Skills publications – specifications, tutor support materials and question papers
Regulatory Arrangements for the Qualification and Credit Framework (published by Ofqual, August 2008)
the current Edexcel publications catalogue and update catalogue.
Edexcel publications concerning the Quality Assurance System and the internal and standards verification of vocationally related programmes can be found on the Edexcel website.
NB: Some of our publications are priced. There is also a charge for postage and packing. Please check the cost when you order.
How to obtain National Occupational Standards
You can contact the Sector Skills Council (SSC) at:
People 1st 2nd Floor Armstrong House 38 Market Square Uxbridge UB8 1LH
Telephone: 01895 817000 Email: [email protected] Website: www.people1st.co.uk
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
185
Professional development and training
Edexcel supports UK and international customers with training related to NVQ and BTEC qualifications. This support is available through a choice of training options offered in our published training directory or through customised training at your centre.
The support we offer focuses on a range of issues including:
planning for the delivery of a new programme
planning for assessment and grading
developing effective assignments
building your team and teamwork skills
developing student-centred learning and teaching approaches
building functional skills into your programme
building effective and efficient quality assurance systems.
The national programme of training we offer can be viewed on our website (www.edexcel.com/training). You can request customised training through the website or by contacting one of our advisers in the Training from Edexcel team via Customer Services to discuss your training needs.
The training we provide:
is active
is designed to be supportive and thought provoking
builds on best practice
may be suitable for those seeking evidence for their continuing professional development.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
186
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
187
Annex
e A
: Pro
gres
sion
pat
hw
ays
The
Edex
cel qual
ific
atio
n f
ram
ewor
k fo
r th
e hos
pit
alit
y in
dust
ry
Level
Gen
era
l q
uali
fica
tio
ns
Dip
lom
as
BTE
C v
oca
tio
nall
y-
rela
ted
qu
ali
fica
tio
ns
BTEC
sp
eci
ali
st
qu
ali
fica
tio
n/
pro
fess
ion
al
NV
Q/
com
pete
nce
7
Edex
cel Le
vel 7 B
TEC A
dva
nce
d
Profe
ssio
nal
Cer
tifica
te/D
iplo
ma
in S
trat
egic
Hosp
ital
ity
Man
agem
ent
5
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
5 H
ND
D
iplo
ma
in H
osp
ital
ity
Man
agem
ent
(QCF)
4
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
4 H
NC
Dip
lom
a in
Hosp
ital
ity
Man
agem
ent
(QCF)
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
188
Level
Gen
era
l q
uali
fica
tio
ns
Dip
lom
as
BTE
C v
oca
tio
nall
y-
rela
ted
qu
ali
fica
tio
ns
BTEC
sp
eci
ali
st
qu
ali
fica
tio
n/
pro
fess
ion
al
NV
Q/
com
pete
nce
3
Edex
cel
Leve
l 3
Princi
pal
Le
arnin
g in
Hosp
ital
ity
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
3
Cer
tifica
te,
Subsi
dia
ry
Dip
lom
a, D
iplo
ma
and
Ext
ended
Dip
lom
a in
H
osp
ital
ity
(QCF)
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 B
TEC C
ertifica
te
in F
ood a
nd B
ever
age
Ser
vice
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 B
TEC C
ertifica
te
in F
ront
Off
ice
Oper
atio
ns
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 B
TEC C
ertifica
te
in H
osp
ital
ity
Cust
om
er
Rel
atio
ns
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 B
TEC C
ertifica
te
in H
osp
ital
ity
Sm
all Busi
nes
s O
per
atio
ns
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
3 A
war
d in
Princi
ple
s of
Super
visi
ng
Cust
om
er S
ervi
ce P
erfo
rman
ce
in H
osp
ital
ity,
Lei
sure
, Tra
vel
and T
ourism
(Q
CF)
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
3 A
war
d in
Hosp
ital
ity
Super
visi
on a
nd
Lead
ersh
ip P
rinci
ple
s (Q
CF)
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
3 C
ertifica
te
in H
osp
ital
ity
and C
ater
ing
Prin
ciple
s (P
rofe
ssio
nal
Cooke
ry)
(QCF)
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Pr
ofe
ssio
nal
Cooke
ry (
QCF)
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Pr
ofe
ssio
nal
Cooke
ry
(Pre
par
atio
n a
nd C
ooki
ng)
(QCF)
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Pr
ofe
ssio
nal
Cooke
ry (
Patiss
erie
an
d C
onfe
ctio
ner
y) (
QCF)
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
H
osp
ital
ity
Super
visi
on a
nd
Lead
ersh
ip (
QCF)
Edex
cel Le
vel 3 D
iplo
ma
in
Cra
ft C
uis
ine
(QCF)
2
Edex
cel
Leve
l 2
Princi
pal
Le
arnin
g in
Hosp
ital
ity
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2
Cer
tifica
te,
Ext
ended
Cer
tifica
te a
nd D
iplo
ma
in
Hosp
ital
ity
(QCF)
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 A
war
d in
Prin
ciple
s of
Cust
om
er S
ervi
ce in
Hosp
ital
ity,
Lei
sure
, Tra
vel an
d
Tourism
(Q
CF)
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Fo
od a
nd B
ever
age
Ser
vice
(Q
CF)
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Bev
erag
e Ser
vice
(Q
CF)
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
189
Level
Gen
era
l q
uali
fica
tio
ns
Dip
lom
as
BTE
C v
oca
tio
nall
y-
rela
ted
qu
ali
fica
tio
ns
BTEC
sp
eci
ali
st
qu
ali
fica
tio
n/
pro
fess
ion
al
NV
Q/
com
pete
nce
2
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te
in H
osp
ital
ity
and C
ater
ing
Prin
ciple
s (F
ood a
nd B
ever
age
Ser
vice
) (Q
CF)
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te
in H
osp
ital
ity
and C
ater
ing
Prin
ciple
s (F
ood S
ervi
ce)
(QCF)
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te
in H
osp
ital
ity
and C
ater
ing
Prin
ciple
s (B
ever
age
Ser
vice
) (Q
CF)
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te
in H
osp
ital
ity
and C
ater
ing
Prin
ciple
s (H
ouse
keep
ing)
(QCF)
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te
in H
osp
ital
ity
and C
ater
ing
Prin
ciple
s (F
ront
of
House
Rec
eption)
(QCF)
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te
in H
osp
ital
ity
and C
ater
ing
Prin
ciple
s (F
ood P
roduct
ion a
nd
Cooki
ng)
(QCF)
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te
in H
osp
ital
ity
and C
ater
ing
Princi
ple
s (K
itch
en S
ervi
ces)
(Q
CF)
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Fo
od S
ervi
ce (
QCF)
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Fo
od P
roduct
ion a
nd C
ooki
ng
(QCF)
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Fr
ont
of
House
Rec
eption (
QCF)
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
H
ouse
keep
ing (
QCF)
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
H
osp
ital
ity
Ser
vice
s (Q
CF)
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Kitch
en S
ervi
ces
(QCF)
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Pr
ofe
ssio
nal
Cooke
ry (
QCF)
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Pr
ofe
ssio
nal
Cooke
ry
(Pre
par
atio
n a
nd C
ooki
ng)
(QCF)
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Pr
ofe
ssio
nal
Cooke
ry
(Ban
gla
des
hi Cuis
ine)
(Q
CF)
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Pr
ofe
ssio
nal
Coo
kery
(Chin
ese
Cuis
ine)
(Q
CF)
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
190
Level
Gen
era
l q
uali
fica
tio
ns
Dip
lom
as
BTE
C v
oca
tio
nall
y-
rela
ted
qu
ali
fica
tio
ns
BTEC
sp
eci
ali
st
qu
ali
fica
tio
n/
pro
fess
ion
al
NV
Q/
com
pete
nce
2
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te
in H
osp
ital
ity
and C
ater
ing
Prin
ciple
s (P
rofe
ssio
nal
Cooke
ry)
(QCF)
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te
in H
osp
ital
ity
and C
ater
ing
Prin
ciple
s (P
rofe
ssio
nal
Cooke
ry
– F
ood P
repar
atio
n a
nd C
ooki
ng)
(QCF)
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te
in H
osp
ital
ity
and C
ater
ing
Prin
ciple
s (P
rofe
ssio
nal
Cooke
ry
– B
angla
des
hi Cuis
ine)
(Q
CF)
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te
in H
osp
ital
ity
and C
ater
ing
Prin
ciple
s (P
rofe
ssio
nal
Cooke
ry
– T
hai
Cuis
ine)
(Q
CF)
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te
in H
osp
ital
ity
and C
ater
ing
Prin
ciple
s (P
rofe
ssio
nal
Cooke
ry
– C
hin
ese
Cuis
ine)
(Q
CF)
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te
in H
osp
ital
ity
and C
ater
ing
Prin
ciple
s (P
rofe
ssio
nal
Cooke
ry
– I
ndia
n C
uis
ine)
(Q
CF)
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
2 C
ertifica
te
in H
osp
ital
ity
and C
ater
ing
Prin
ciple
s (H
osp
ital
ity
Ser
vice
s)
(QCF)
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Pr
ofe
ssio
nal
Cooke
ry (
India
n
Cuis
ine)
(Q
CF)
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 N
VQ
Dip
lom
a in
Pr
ofe
ssio
nal
Cooke
ry (
Thai
Cuis
ine)
(Q
CF)
BA035187 –
Spec
ific
atio
n –
Edex
cel Le
vel 2 D
iplo
ma
in C
raft
Cuis
ine
(QCF)
–
Issu
e 4 –
April 2013 ©
Pea
rson E
duca
tion L
imited
2013
191
Level
Gen
era
l q
uali
fica
tio
ns
Dip
lom
as
BTE
C v
oca
tio
nall
y-
rela
ted
qu
ali
fica
tio
ns
BTEC
sp
eci
ali
st
qu
ali
fica
tio
n/
pro
fess
ion
al
NV
Q/
com
pete
nce
1
Edex
cel
Leve
l 1
Princi
pal
Le
arnin
g in
Hosp
ital
ity
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
1 A
war
d
in I
ntr
oduct
ion t
o t
he
Hosp
ital
ity
Indust
ry (
QCF)
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
1
Cer
tifica
te in I
ntr
oduct
ion t
o
the
Hosp
ital
ity
Indust
ry (
QCF)
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
1 A
war
d
in G
ener
al F
ront
Offic
e O
per
atio
ns
(QCF)
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
1 A
war
d
in G
ener
al H
ouse
keep
ing
Oper
atio
ns
(QCF)
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
1
Cer
tifica
te in I
nve
stig
atin
g
the
Hosp
ital
ity
Indust
ry (
QCF)
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
1
Cer
tifica
te in G
ener
al F
ood
and B
ever
age
Ser
vice
(Q
CF)
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
1
Cer
tifica
te in G
ener
al C
ooke
ry
(QCF)
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
1 A
war
d in
Intr
oduct
ion t
o th
e H
osp
ital
ity
Indust
ry (
QCF)
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
1 C
ertifica
te
in I
ntr
oduct
ion t
o t
he
Hosp
ital
ity
Indust
ry (
QCF)
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
1 A
war
d in
Gen
eral
Fro
nt
Offic
e O
per
atio
ns
(QCF)
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
1 A
war
d in
Gen
eral
House
keep
ing
Oper
atio
ns
(QCF)
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
1 C
ertifica
te
in I
nve
stig
atin
g t
he
Hosp
ital
ity
Indust
ry (
QCF)
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
1 C
ertifica
te
in G
ener
al F
ood a
nd B
ever
age
Ser
vice
(Q
CF)
Edex
cel BTEC L
evel
1 C
ertifica
te
in G
ener
al C
ooke
ry (
QCF)
Edex
cel Le
vel 1 N
VQ
Cer
tifica
te
in H
osp
ital
ity
Ser
vice
s (Q
CF)
Edex
cel Le
vel 1 N
VQ
Cer
tifica
te
in F
ood P
repar
atio
n a
nd C
ooki
ng
(QCF)
Edex
cel Le
vel 1 N
VQ
Cer
tifica
te
in F
ood a
nd B
ever
age
Ser
vice
(Q
CF)
Edex
cel Le
vel 1 N
VQ
Cer
tifica
te
in A
ccom
modat
ion S
ervi
ces
(QCF)
En
try
Edex
cel BTEC E
ntr
y Le
vel Aw
ard
in I
ntr
oduct
ion t
o t
he
Hosp
ital
ity
Indust
ry (
Entr
y 3)
(QCF)
Edex
cel BTEC E
ntr
y Le
vel
Cer
tifica
te in I
ntr
oduct
ion t
o t
he
Hosp
ital
ity
Indust
ry (
Entr
y 3)
(QCF)
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
192
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
193
Annexe B: Quality assurance
Key principles of quality assurance
A centre delivering Edexcel qualifications must be an Edexcel recognised centre and must have approval for qualifications that it is offering.
The centre agrees, as part of gaining recognition, to abide by specific terms and conditions relating to the effective delivery and quality assurance of assessment. The centre must abide by these conditions throughout the period of delivery.
Edexcel makes available to approved centres a range of materials and opportunities to exemplify the processes required for effective assessment and provide examples of effective standards. Approved centres must use the guidance on assessment to ensure that staff who are delivering Edexcel qualifications are applying consistent standards.
An approved centre must follow agreed protocols for: standardisation of assessors; planning, monitoring and recording of assessment processes; internal verification and recording of internal verification processes and dealing with special circumstances, appeals and malpractice.
Quality assurance processes
The approach to quality assured assessment is made through a partnership between a recognised centre and Edexcel. Edexcel is committed to ensuring that it follows best practice and employs appropriate technology to support quality assurance processes where practicable. The specific arrangements for working with centres will vary. Edexcel seeks to ensure that the quality-assurance processes it uses do not inflict undue bureaucratic processes on centres, and works to support them in providing robust quality-assurance processes.
The learning outcomes and assessment criteria in each unit within this specification set out the standard to be achieved by each learner in order to gain each qualification. Edexcel operates a quality-assurance process, designed to ensure that these standards are maintained by all assessors and verifiers.
For the purposes of quality assurance, all individual qualifications and units are considered as a whole. Centres offering these qualifications must be committed to ensuring the quality of the units and qualifications they offer, through effective standardisation of assessors and internal verification of assessor decisions. Centre quality assurance and assessment processes are monitored by Edexcel.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
194
The Edexcel quality-assurance processes will involve:
gaining centre recognition and qualification approval if a centre is not currently approved to offer Edexcel qualifications
annual visits to centres by Edexcel for quality review and development of overarching processes and quality standards. Quality review and development visits will be conducted by an Edexcel quality development reviewer
annual visits by occupationally competent and qualified Edexcel Standards Verifiers for sampling of internal verification and assessor decisions for the occupational sector
the provision of support, advice and guidance towards the achievement of National Occupational Standards.
Centres are required to declare their commitment to ensuring quality and appropriate opportunities for learners that lead to valid and accurate assessment outcomes. In addition, centres will commit to undertaking defined training and online standardisation activities.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
195
Annexe C: Centre certification and registration
Edexcel Standards Verifiers will provide support, advice and guidance to centres to achieve Direct Claims Status (DCS). Edexcel will maintain the integrity of Edexcel QCF NVQs through ensuring that the awarding of these qualifications is secure. Where there are quality issues identified in the delivery of programmes, Edexcel will exercise the right to:
direct centres to take action
limit or suspend certification
suspend registration.
The approach of Edexcel in such circumstances is to work with the centre to overcome the problems identified. If additional training is required, Edexcel will aim to secure the appropriate expertise to provide this.
What are the access arrangements and special considerations for the qualifications in this specification?
Centres are required to recruit learners to Edexcel qualifications with integrity.
Appropriate steps should be taken to assess each applicant’s potential and a professional judgement should be made about their ability to successfully complete the programme of study and achieve the qualification. This assessment will need to take account of the support available to the learner within the centre during their programme of study and any specific support that might be necessary to allow the learner to access the assessment for the qualification. Centres should consult Edexcel’s policy on learners with particular requirements.
Edexcel’s policy on access arrangements and special considerations for Edexcel qualifications aims to enhance access to the qualifications for learners with disabilities and other difficulties (as defined by the 1995 Disability Discrimination Act and the amendments to the Act) without compromising the assessment of skills, knowledge, understanding or competence. Please refer to Access Arrangements and Special Considerations for BTEC and Edexcel NVQ Qualifications for further details. www.edexcel.com.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
196
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
197
Annexe D: Assessment requirements/strategy
Hospitality, Leisure, Travel and Tourism Sector Assessment Strategy for competence based units of assessment and qualifications (in England, Wales and Northern Ireland) and Scottish Vocational Qualifications (SVQs)
1 Introduction
The sector assessment strategy applies to all competence based units and qualifications that sit within the industries represented by People 1st. Competence based units and qualifications are those that are accredited to the Qualifications and Credit Framework, for England, Wales and Northern Ireland, which include National Vocational Qualifications (NVQs). In Scotland it applies to all sector Scottish Vocational Qualifications (SVQs). The sector assessment strategy comes into force on the 1st August 2009 and will apply to any new competence based units and qualifications. It will also replace other assessment strategies, currently used for existing NVQs and SVQs, as and when they are updated and re-accredited. See www.people1st.co.uk for a list of all competence based units and qualification that are covered by the sector assessment strategy.
There are four components to the sector assessment strategy which set out requirements and guidance relating to:
external quality control
assessment principles
occupational expertise of assessors and verifiers
continuous professional development.
The purpose of the sector assessment strategy is for People 1st and awarding organisations/bodies to work in partnership to:
maximise the quality assurance arrangements for the sector’s competence based units and qualifications and maintain standardisation across assessment practice
assure employers and learners that the sector’s competence based units and qualification are consistently assessed to the national occupational standards, and
promote continuous professional development amongst assessors and verifiers.
The content of the assessment strategy has been reviewed in close consultation with employers, awarding organisations/bodies, training providers and other sector stakeholders. While many of these stakeholders have an interest in the assessment strategy, its primary audience are awarding organisations/bodies that offer competence based units and qualifications in the hospitality, leisure, travel and tourism industries. Prospective or approved centres should not need to work directly with this document as its requirements will be incorporated within the procedures of their chosen awarding organisation/body.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
198
The strategy should be used alongside the assessment and quality assurance guidance published by the regulatory authorities. Further information about competence based units and qualifications can be found at www.people1st.co.uk. Feedback or comments on the sector assessment strategy can be emailed to [email protected].
2 External Quality Control
2.1 Risk Assessment and Management of Centres
External quality control is achieved through rigorous monitoring and standardisation of assessment decisions. Awarding organisations/bodies achieve this by operating their existing systems for quality monitoring, risk assessment and management of their approved centres, following guidance issued by the regulatory authorities.
As part of this process People 1st requires awarding organisations/bodies to:
ensure that external verification, monitoring and support provided to centres takes into account their level of risk. For example new assessment centres, and those that are experiencing difficulty in meeting the assessment requirements, should be given additional support by their awarding organisation/body
supply People 1st with standardised information on their statistical monitoring, including registration and certification figures, on a quarterly basis. This data will remain confidential and no individual awarding organisation’s/body’s data will be published
report annually on the outcomes of, and any issues arising from, external verification and quality control arrangements
highlight specific issues relating to the assessment of the sector’s competence based units and qualifications that require immediate attention, as and when they arise
contribute to the awarding organisations’/bodies’ forums to review and discuss matters relating to the assessment of the sector’s competence based units and qualifications. The forum will meet at least biannually, or during key stages of projects and reviews
resolve issues relating to the assessment and verification of the sector’s competence based units and qualifications with the action(s), and in the timeframe, agreed.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
199
3 Assessment
People 1st advocate the integration of national occupational standards within employers’ organisations in order to achieve a national level of competence across the sector’s labour market. As such, assessment of the sector’s competence based units and qualifications will, ideally, take place within the workplace and assessment should, where possible, be conducted by the learner’s supervisors and/or line managers. People 1st recognise, however, that it is not always feasible for learners to be assessed in the workplace and as such it permits the use of assessment within Realistic Working Environments (RWE). Additionally, where sector employers do not have the infrastructure to manage assessment independently, it values the role of peripatetic assessors to support the assessment process.
Within these parameters, People 1st expects that:
the majority of assessment of the sector’s competence based units and qualifications will be based on performance evidence, ie direct observation, outputs of work and witness testimony within the workplace or an RWE approved by an awarding organisation/body, (see section 3.4)
opportunities to ascertain learner’s accreditation of prior learning is maximised by early contact between the assessor and learner and during initial assessment/induction period.
Please note: External tests do not form part of People 1st’ s assessment strategy, other than linkage to IATA approved tests in Unit TT27, Sell Multi-Sector Air Travel, part of the Travel S/NVQ (where it may be a specific requirement and therefore applicable in that instance).
3.1 Witness Testimony
People 1st recognise the use of witness testimony and expert witness testimony as appropriate methods for assessors to collect evidence on learners’ performance.
Witness testimonies can be obtained from people that are occupationally competent and whom may be familiar with the national occupational standards, such as the learner’s line manager. They may also be obtained from people who are not occupationally competent, and do not have a knowledge of the national occupational standards, such as other people within the learner’s workplace, customers and suppliers. The assessor must judge the validity of the witness testimony and these may vary depending on the source. Witness testimonies can only support the assessment process and may remove or reduce the need to collect supplementary evidence, however, the awarding organisation’s/body’s minimum observations requirements must be met.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
200
Expert witnesses may be used where additional support relating to the assessment of technical competence is required. Expert witnesses may be:
other approved assessors that are recognised to assess the relevant national occupational standards, or
line managers, other managers or experienced colleagues that are not approved assessors, but whom the awarding organisation/body agrees has current occupational competence, knowledge and expertise to make a judgement on a learner’s competence.
Expert witnesses must be able to demonstrate through relevant qualifications, practical experience and knowledge that they are qualified to provide an expert opinion on a learner’s performance in relation to the unit being assessed. People 1st believe that it is unlikely for an expert witness to be fully expert within any of the sector’s occupational areas in less than twelve months to two years. The final judgement on the validity of the expert witness testimony rests with the assessor and such testimonies may only be used in line with awarding organisation’s/body’s requirements.
3.2 Professional Discussion
Professional discussion is encouraged as a supplementary form of evidence to confirm a learner’s competence. Such discussions should not be based on a prescribed list of questions but be a structured discussion which enables the assessor to gather relevant evidence to ensure the learner has a firm understanding of the standard being assessed.
3.3 Simulation
Simulation can only be used to assess learners for the sector’s competence based units and qualifications where the opportunity to assess naturally occurring evidence is unlikely or not possible, for example assessment relating to health and safety, fire and emergency procedures. It should not include routine activities that must be covered by performance evidence.
There are no People 1st units that can be solely achieved by simulation. In the case of imported units, where simulation is acceptable in the evidence requirements, it should only be used when performance evidence is unlikely to be generated through normal working practices.
See Appendix A for competence based units which permit the use of simulation.
Awarding organisations/bodies must issue adequate guidance which informs centres how simulation should be planned and organised, ensuring that demands on learners are neither more nor less than they would encounter in a real work situation. In particular:
a centre’s overall strategy for simulation must be examined and approved by the external verifier
all simulations must be planned, developed and documented by the centre in a way that ensures the simulation correctly reflects what the unit seeks to assess
ideally, there should be a range of simulations to cover the same aspect of the standard
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
201
the physical environment for the simulation, and the nature of the contingency, must be realistic
learners should carry out the simulation in a professional manner
the learner should be given no indication as to what the simulation will present.
3.4 Realistic Working Environment
Assessment of the sector’s competence based units and qualifications should ideally be carried out within the workplace, however, where this is not possible learners can be assessed within an approved Realistic Working Environment (RWE) that replicates a real work setting. The criteria for RWE currently operated in the sector can be found at Appendix B.
4 Occupational expertise of assessors and verifiers
The requirements relating to the occupational expertise of assessors and verifiers is set out in Appendix C. Guidance on additional qualifications and/or training relevant to assessors and verifiers can be found in Appendix D.
4.1 Using employers’ in-house training programmes to assess competence based units and qualifications (please note this section is not applicable for centres which are either colleges or training providers)
(a) People 1st recognises that employers within the Sector provide robust in-house training, development and assessment programmes which meet the standards for Assessors and Verifiers. Where an employer maps its in-house training, development and assessment programme to the Assessor and Verifier standards and has this approved by their awarding organisation/body, People 1st fully supports the removal of the need to achieve the Assessor and Verifier Units. The individual assessing and verifying the qualifications must still meet the other mandatory requirements for occupational competence as specified in Appendix C.
(b) It should also be noted that People 1st encourages employers and awarding organisations/bodies to examine in-house employer training, development and assessment programmes to see whether these provide robust evidence against the relevant competence based units and/or qualifications (England, Wales and Northern Ireland) or the SVQs (Scotland). Where a direct mapping of the in-house training, development and assessment programme can be made to the:
relevant Units (based on the National Occupational Standards), and assessment meets the requirements of the assessment strategy and awarding organisation/body evidence requirement,
then awarding organisations/bodies should recognise this training for the purposes of achievement of the specified qualification or Unit.
In both instances specified in (a) and (b) above the awarding organisation/body will be required to ensure that a copy of the mapping is available to the Qualification Regulators.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
202
5 Continuous Professional Development
To maintain high standards of quality and standardisation within assessment, and achieve best practice People 1st require all external verifiers, internal verifiers and assessors to maintain a record of their continuous professional development – see guidance at Appendix E.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
203
Appendix A
Competence based units in Hospitality, Leisure, Travel and Tourism that permits simulation
Unit number Unit title Competence based qualifications that the unit is used in
1GEN1 Maintain a safe, hygienic and secure working environment
Level 1 and 2 NVQ/SVQ Hospitality and Catering
HSL4 Maintain the health, hygiene, safety and security of the working environment
Level 3 Diploma in Hospitality Supervision and Leadership Skills (NVQ) and Level 3 SVQ in Hospitality Supervision and Leadership
GS3009 Maintain the health, hygiene, safety and security of the working environment (adapted from HS4)
Level 3 NVQ Gambling Operations
People 1st have a special dispensation for the imported Customer Service units listed below to be assessed in a Realistic Working Environment (RWE) conforming to People 1st’s criteria specified in Appendix B of this Assessment Strategy. This would only apply to these Units when delivered as part of the L3 Diploma in Hospitality Supervision and Leadership (NVQ) and L3 Hospitality Supervision and Leadership SVQ.
CfA Unit 26 Improve the customer relationship
Level 3 Diploma in Hospitality Supervision and Leadership Skills (NVQ) and Level 3 SVQ in Hospitality Supervision and Leadership
CfA Unit 32 Monitor and solve customer service problems
Level 3 Diploma in Hospitality Supervision and Leadership Skills (NVQ) and Level 3 SVQ in Hospitality Supervision and Leadership
CfA Unit 42 Lead a team to improve customer service
Level 3 Diploma in Hospitality Supervision and Leadership Skills (NVQ) and Level 3 SVQ in Hospitality Supervision and Leadership
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
204
People 1st does not permit the use of simulation, other than as listed below:
The overarching principle to be applied to units identified as suitable for simulation is that it should only be undertaken in a minority of cases where:
there is a high risk to the security or safety of the learner, individuals, key people in their lives and others
the opportunity to present evidence from work-based practice happens infrequently and therefore insisting that learners wait for such an occurrence would be unreasonable or create blockages in the assessment system and might carry the risk of de-motivating learners
there would otherwise be a breach of confidentiality or privacy.
The following two units are the only accepted Realistic Working Environments, and no other Realistic Working Environments will be accepted.
TT09 Assist with travel and tourism problems and emergencies
Level 2 NVQ/SVQ in Travel Services and Level 2 NVQ/SVQ in Tourism Services
TT37 Deal with travel and tourism problems and emergencies
Level 3 NVQ/SVQ in Travel Services and Level 3 NVQ/SVQ in Tourism Services
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
205
Appendix B
Criteria for Realistic Working Environments
It is essential for organisations operating a Realistic Working Environment (RWE) to ensure it reflects current and real work settings. By doing so, sector employers can be confident that competence achieved in an RWE will be continued into employment. RWEs can offer many opportunities to employers and individuals that have limited access to assessment.
The number of hours learners work and their input is not prescribed, as it is acknowledged that RWEs cannot operate without some flexibility. However, centres must provide evidence that the following criteria are being met as well as fulfilling the awarding organisation’s/body’s criteria for this purpose. EVs are expected to ensure RWEs meet the criteria set out below on at least one visit.
Hospitality
1 The work situation being represented is relevant to the competence based units and qualifications being assessed
The type of work situation being represented mirrors the relevant setting eg quick service takeaway, restaurant, brasserie, café/snack bar, cafeteria, housekeeping department, front office, reception or reservations.
Appropriate industrial equipment, furnishings and resources (eg ingredients and technology) that replicate the work situation are used, ensuring that assessment requirements can be covered.
Industry trends are considered in the product and service offer.
2 The learner’s work activities reflect those found in the situation being represented
Learners operate in a professional capacity with corresponding job schedules and/or descriptions.
Learners are clear on their work activities and responsibilities.
3 The RWE is operated in the same manner as a real work situation
Customers are not prompted to behave in a particular manner.
Customer feedback is maintained and acted upon.
4 The RWE is underpinned by commercial principles and responsibilities
Organisational charts indicate the anticipated job roles in the RWE and their hierarchical structure taking into account supervisory requirements.
There is evidence of business planning, for example product/service plans, staffing/rotas, costing, promotions.
Learners are encouraged to carry out their function in line with business expectations, eg within timescales and budget, minimising wastage.
Legislative regulations are adhered to eg food safety, health and safety, equal opportunities, trade description.
Consumer information is provided on products and services eg allergy advice on food products.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
206
Appendix B (Continued)
Gambling
1 The work situation being represented is relevant to the competence based units and qualifications being assessed
The type of work situation being represented mirrors the relevant setting eg betting shop, bingo hall, casino.
Appropriate industrial equipment, furnishings and resources that replicate the work situation are used, ensuring that assessment requirements can be covered.
Industry trends are considered in the work situation represented.
2 The learner’s work activities reflect those found in the situation being represented
Learners operate in a professional capacity with corresponding job schedules and/or descriptions.
Learners are clear on their work activities and responsibilities.
3 The RWE is operated in the same manner as a real work situation
Customers are not prompted to behave in a particular manner.
Customer feedback is maintained and acted upon.
4 The RWE is underpinned by commercial principles and responsibilities
Organisational charts indicate the anticipated job roles in the RWE and their hierarchical structure taking into account supervisory requirements.
There is evidence of business planning, for example product/service plans, staffing/rotas, costing, promotions.
Learners are encouraged to carry out their function in line with business expectations, eg within timescales and budget, minimising wastage.
Legislative regulations are adhered to eg health and safety, equal opportunities, trade description.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
207
Appendix C
Occupational Expertise of Assessors and Verifiers
The requirements set out below relate to all assessors and verifiers. The only exception may relate to in-house employees and managers that are not required to achieve the regulatory approved assessor and verified units based on the arrangement referred to in section 4.1 of this assessment strategy.
= mandatory
Assessors, Internal Verifiers and External Verifiers must: A IV EV
Have a good knowledge and understanding of the national occupational standard and competence based units and qualifications that are being assessed or verified.
Hold or be working towards relevant assessment and/or verification qualification(s) as specified by the appropriate authority, confirming their competence to assess or externally verify competence based units and qualifications. These should be achieved within 18 months of commencing their role. These are as follows:
D35 or V2.
D34 or V1 – In the case that the IV is working towards their V1 unit, a representative sample of verification decisions, as agreed with the awarding organisation/body, must be counter-signed by a colleague who has achieved either the D34 or V1 unit. This colleague must have the same occupational expertise.
D32/D33 or A1/A2 – In the case that the assessor is working towards the A1/A2 units, a representative sample of assessment decisions, as agreed with the awarding organisation/body, must be counter-signed by a colleague who has achieved either the D32/D33 or A1/A2 units. This colleague must have the same occupational expertise.
Have relevant occupational expertise and knowledge, at the appropriate level of the occupational area(s) they are assessing and verifying, which has been gained through ‘hands on’ experience in the industry.
Adhere to the awarding organisation’s/body’s assessment requirements and practise standardised assessment principles.
Have sufficient resources to carry out the role of assessor or verifier, ie time and budget.
Have supervisory/management, interpersonal and investigative skills, including the ability to analyse information, hold meetings, guide, advise, plan and make recommendations at all levels, taking into account the nature and size of the organisation in which assessment is taking place. High standards of administration and record keeping are also essential.
Hold qualifications, or have undertaken training, that have legislative relevance to the competence based units and qualifications being assessed (See Appendix D).
Good practice
Good Practice
Update their occupational expertise and industry knowledge in the areas being assessed and verified through planned Continuous Professional Development (see Appendix E).
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
208
Appendix D
Qualifications and Training relevant to Assessors and Verifiers
The following sets out areas in which assessors, verifiers and external verifiers should either receive training or achieve qualifications. People 1st is not stipulating that assessors, verifiers or external verifiers must achieve specific qualifications, there is the option to either undertake appropriate training or an accredited qualification.
= mandatory
Qualification/ Training
Competence based unit/ qualification
A IV EV
Health and Safety All sector units and qualifications
Good Practice
Good Practice
Food Safety Food Processing and Cooking
Multi-Skilled Hospitality Services
Professional Cookery
Food and Drink Service
Hospitality Supervision and Leadership (with food and drink units)
Good Practice
Good Practice
Licensing
Food and Drink Service
Hospitality Supervision (with food and drink units)
Good Practice
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
209
Appendix E
Continuous Professional Development for Assessors and Verifiers
It is necessary for assessors and verifiers to maintain a record of evidence of their continuous professional development (CPD). This is necessary to maintain currency of skills and understanding of the occupational area(s) being assessed, and can be achieved in a variety of ways. It should be a planned process, reviewed on an annual basis, for example as part of an individual’s performance review.
Assessors and verifiers should select CPD methods that are appropriate to meeting their development needs. The following provides an example of a variety of methods that can be utilised for CPD purposes.
Updating occupational expertise
Internal and external work placements
Work experience and shadowing (eg within associated departments)
External visits to other organisations
Updated and new training and qualifications (www.uksp.co.uk)
Training sessions to update skills
Visits to educational establishments
Trade fairs
Keeping up to date with sector developments and new legislation
Relevant sector websites
Membership of professional bodies
Papers and documents on legislative change
Networking events
Seminars, conferences, workshops, membership of committees/working parties (eg People 1st events)
Staff development days
Standardising and best practice in assessment
Regular standardisation meetings with colleagues
Sharing best practice through internal meetings, news letters, email circulars
Comparison of assessment and verification in other sectors
Attending awarding organisation/body meetings/seminars
Downloadable guidance on CPD can be found at www.ifl.ac.uk
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
210
Appendix 1: Evidence Requirements and Assessment Guidance for Food Production and Cooking Units
Introduction
This document contains evidence requirements and assessment guidance for the following food production and cooking units:
1PR23/09 Prepare Meals for Distribution
1PR26/09 Prepare Meals to Meet Relevant Nutritional Standards Set for School Meals
1PR28/09 Present Menu Items According to Defined Brand Standard
2PR21/09 Prepare, Operate and Clean Specialist Food Preparation and Cooking Equipment
2PR22/09 Liaise With Care Team to Ensure that an Individual’s Nutritional Needs are Met
2PR25/09 Prepare and Cook Food to Meet the Requirements of Allergy Sufferers
2PR27/09 Promote New Menu Items
They have been developed jointly, and agreed, with the relevant awarding bodies. They provide information on how each unit should be assessed and give examples of what types of evidence will be acceptable. These are only examples and should not be seen as a prescriptive list.
This document must be used in parallel with the approved Assessment Strategy.
The Nature of the Qualification and Source of Evidence
Food Production and Cooking is an occupational qualification the purpose of which is to assess a learner’s competence. In each unit there are learning outcomes that describe what the learner must be able to do in a real work environment. It is a requirement, therefore, that evidence to meet the assessment criteria for these learning outcomes comes from real work activity in a hospitality workplace. In some circumstances, evidence of the learner’s performance can come from a Realistic Working Environment (RWE). However, RWEs must meet the guidance provided in the Assessment Strategy.
Contingencies
The only exception to workplace or RWE evidence is where particular learning outcomes or assessment criteria rarely or never occur during the period of assessment. Examples could include accidents and emergencies, equipment failures or overspends. These are identified as ‘contingencies’ in the evidence requirements. Alternative assessment methods, such as simulation or questioning, may be used for contingencies of this kind.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
211
Holistic Assessment
Occupational qualifications lend themselves to holistic assessment. Provided a learner is competent in their role and ready to be assessed, evidence for a number of units is likely to come from the learner’s day-to-day work with little interference or support from the assessor. Evidence will be naturally occurring and should only need to be cross-referenced to the learning outcomes and assessment criteria.
Assessment Methods in General
Most units contain two learning outcomes only1: one is about what the learner should be able to do and requires Performance Evidence; the other learning outcome is about what the learner understands and requires Evidence of Knowledge and Understanding. Each of these has a number of possible assessment methods. Every assessment method has advantages and disadvantages, and assessors should choose the method that is most effective and efficient in bringing out and judging valid evidence. For most of the learning outcomes requiring performance evidence, a combination of assessment methods may be appropriate.
These different methods are discussed below.
Performance Evidence
Performance evidence applies to those learning outcomes (and the associated assessment criteria) that describe what the learner is able to do. These learning outcomes all begin with ‘be able to’ and are followed by an active verb; they will have tangible outcomes, such as work products.
Assessment Method: Observation
This covers observation of the learner’s performance at work by a qualified assessor. Observation is probably the most robust method of assessing performance but requires a great deal of time and resource. For this reason, observation can be complemented by the other assessment methods below.
Assessment Method: Products of Work
Products of work are appropriate to many of the learning outcomes and associated assessment criteria. Products of work include, for example: menu and recipe plans, cellar records, staff rotas and accident reports. Products of work are excellent sources of evidence and often eliminate the need for an assessor to observe the learner producing them.
In order to reduce the burden on the learner, assessors are encouraged to log the relevant product of work and its location rather than insist the learner stores copies in their portfolio. Assessors must ensure that products of work are authentic. It is possible for learners to present products of work from the past, although this should be sufficiently recent for the assessor to be able to infer current competence.
1 Please note, some of the imported units contain more than two learning outcomes. However, each of these will also begin with ‘be able to..’, ‘know...’ or understand. Therefore the same principles apply.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
212
Assessment Method: Witness Testimony
This is another form of observation and takes account of the fact that valuable performance evidence will occur when the regular assessor is not present. The use of witness testimony is encouraged because, again, it reduces the need for observation by the regular assessor. The Assessment Strategy provides for two types of witness testimony.
Witness testimony, for example from a customer, supplier or colleague that provides evidence towards a learner’s assessment or
Expert witness testimony that provides powerful evidence of competence, that may in itself be sufficient for an assessor to consider that competence has been proved.
Expert witnesses may be other approved assessors who are recognised to assess the relevant occupational area and level, or line managers/other managers who may not be approved assessors, but who the awarding body agrees have sufficient occupational qualifications or experience to make a judgement on the competence of a learner. Expert witnesses must be able to demonstrate practical experience and knowledge in the unit being assessed, and expert witness testimony must be used in line with awarding body requirements.
Witness testimony of either kind must be authentic, ie the assessor must satisfy themselves that the testimony is a true account of the learner’s performance.
It is possible for learners to present witness testimony from the past, although this should be sufficiently recent for the assessor to be able to infer current competence.
Assessment Method: Learner Assessment Criteria/Report
Learner assessment criteria also take account of the fact that valuable performance evidence will occur when the assessor is not present. The learner assessment criteria/report gives the learner the opportunity to write a brief description of something they have done which meets the learning outcomes and assessment criteria in a unit. For a learner assessment criteria/report to be valuable, it must be possible to cross reference it to content of the unit and to clearly see how the description provides evidence against the relevant learning outcomes and assessment criteria. It is possible for a learner to produce a assessment criteria/report on something they have done in the past, although this should be sufficiently recent for the assessor to be able to infer current competence.
Assessment Method: Professional Discussion
Professional discussion can be used as an assessment method for performance and knowledge and understanding. Professional discussion can be a single event or a series of structured, planned and in-depth discussions between the assessor and learner. Professional discussions can be used to obtain evidence from the learner about what they have done and how they did it; it can also be used to supplement observations, witness testimony, examination of work products and written questions/answers. However, assessors should not rely entirely on learners’ reports of their own competence. It should always be supplemented by other types of evidence such as witness testimony and work products.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
213
Evidence of Knowledge and Understanding Assessment Methods
Evidence of knowledge and understanding applies to those learning outcomes (and the associated assessment criteria) that describe what the learner understands. These learning outcomes all begin with ‘understand’.
Assessment Method: Questioning
Oral and written questions are both valid methods of assessing the knowledge and understanding of learning outcomes and associated assessment criteria, and are likely to be the assessor’s method of choice.
Assessment Method: Other Recorded Evidence of Knowledge and Understanding
This includes work-based projects, case studies and reflective accounts. For some learners these approaches can be powerful ways of bringing out evidence of a learner’s knowledge and understanding across several related learning outcomes and even units. However, their use will depend on the learner’s circumstances and their ability to structure and write the appropriate documents.
Assessment Method: Professional Discussion
Professional discussion can also be used to assess knowledge and understanding. Professional discussion can be a single event or a series of structured, planned and in-depth discussions between the assessor and learner. A professional discussion can bring out a wide range of knowledge and understanding across many related learning outcomes or units, particularly covering why certain things are done or the principles that underpin competent performance. Professional discussion can also help to verify the authenticity of other pieces of evidence.
Assessment Method: Inferring Knowledge and Understanding from Performance
It is possible for an assessor to infer that the learner knows or understands certain things from observing their performance or examining other pieces of evidence such as work products or witness testimony. This particularly applies to assessment criteria that cover how to do certain tasks, for example:
How menu items should be prepared to ensure that brand standards are maintained
The assessor should already have seen evidence of the learner’s ability to do this in the ‘be able to’ learning outcome in the same unit. They may, therefore, reasonably infer that the learner has this knowledge and understanding.
Inferring knowledge and understanding from performance is a helpful way of avoiding over assessment. However, it should be used with caution, particularly when it comes to the possession of key facts, for example:
What quantity of nutrients are typically needed to maintain a good dietary balance
or the reasons why certain things are important:
The importance of knowing calorific values per portion.
BA035187 – Specification – Edexcel Level 2 Diploma in Craft Cuisine (QCF) – Issue 4 – April 2013 © Pearson Education Limited 2013
214
In both of these cases, oral/written questions, reflective accounts and professional discussions would be more valid ways of testing knowledge and understanding. The specific knowledge must be brought out.
Volume of Evidence/Length of Assessment
The Evidence Requirements do not stipulate how frequently a learner must be assessed for each unit or how much evidence is acceptable. Assessors and verifiers should use their professional skills and experience to determine how much evidence over what period of time is sufficient to make a reliable judgment of consistent competent performance. This is likely to vary according to the individual learner and their working situation.
Sb230413G:\WORDPROC\LT\PD\NVQ COMPETENCE\BA035187_NVQ_COMP_L2_CRFCUSI_ISSUE_4\BA035187_NVQ_COMP_L2_CRFCUSI_ISSUE_4.DOC.1–221/0
Publications Code BA035187 April 2013 For more information on Edexcel and BTEC qualifications please visit our website: www.edexcel.com Pearson Education Limited. Registered in England and Wales No. 872828 Registered Office: Edinburgh Gate, Harlow, Essex CM20 2JE. VAT Reg No GB 278 537121